4 * The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
5 * Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
6 * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
8 * You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
9 * or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
10 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions
11 * and limitations under the License.
13 * When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
14 * file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
15 * If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
16 * fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
17 * information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
23 * Copyright (c) 2005, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
24 * Copyright (c) 2011, 2017 by Delphix. All rights reserved.
25 * Copyright (c) 2018, Nexenta Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
26 * Copyright (c) 2014 Spectra Logic Corporation, All rights reserved.
27 * Copyright 2013 Saso Kiselkov. All rights reserved.
28 * Copyright (c) 2014 Integros [integros.com]
29 * Copyright 2016 Toomas Soome <tsoome@me.com>
30 * Copyright (c) 2016 Actifio, Inc. All rights reserved.
31 * Copyright (c) 2017 Datto Inc.
32 * Copyright 2017 Joyent, Inc.
33 * Copyright (c) 2017, Intel Corporation.
37 * SPA: Storage Pool Allocator
39 * This file contains all the routines used when modifying on-disk SPA state.
40 * This includes opening, importing, destroying, exporting a pool, and syncing a
44 #include <sys/zfs_context.h>
45 #include <sys/fm/fs/zfs.h>
46 #include <sys/spa_impl.h>
48 #include <sys/zio_checksum.h>
50 #include <sys/dmu_tx.h>
54 #include <sys/vdev_impl.h>
55 #include <sys/vdev_removal.h>
56 #include <sys/vdev_indirect_mapping.h>
57 #include <sys/vdev_indirect_births.h>
58 #include <sys/vdev_disk.h>
59 #include <sys/metaslab.h>
60 #include <sys/metaslab_impl.h>
62 #include <sys/uberblock_impl.h>
65 #include <sys/bpobj.h>
66 #include <sys/dmu_traverse.h>
67 #include <sys/dmu_objset.h>
68 #include <sys/unique.h>
69 #include <sys/dsl_pool.h>
70 #include <sys/dsl_dataset.h>
71 #include <sys/dsl_dir.h>
72 #include <sys/dsl_prop.h>
73 #include <sys/dsl_synctask.h>
74 #include <sys/fs/zfs.h>
76 #include <sys/callb.h>
77 #include <sys/systeminfo.h>
78 #include <sys/spa_boot.h>
79 #include <sys/zfs_ioctl.h>
80 #include <sys/dsl_scan.h>
81 #include <sys/zfeature.h>
82 #include <sys/dsl_destroy.h>
86 #include <sys/fm/protocol.h>
87 #include <sys/fm/util.h>
88 #include <sys/callb.h>
93 #include "zfs_comutil.h"
96 * The interval, in seconds, at which failed configuration cache file writes
99 int zfs_ccw_retry_interval
= 300;
101 typedef enum zti_modes
{
102 ZTI_MODE_FIXED
, /* value is # of threads (min 1) */
103 ZTI_MODE_BATCH
, /* cpu-intensive; value is ignored */
104 ZTI_MODE_NULL
, /* don't create a taskq */
108 #define ZTI_P(n, q) { ZTI_MODE_FIXED, (n), (q) }
109 #define ZTI_PCT(n) { ZTI_MODE_ONLINE_PERCENT, (n), 1 }
110 #define ZTI_BATCH { ZTI_MODE_BATCH, 0, 1 }
111 #define ZTI_NULL { ZTI_MODE_NULL, 0, 0 }
113 #define ZTI_N(n) ZTI_P(n, 1)
114 #define ZTI_ONE ZTI_N(1)
116 typedef struct zio_taskq_info
{
117 zti_modes_t zti_mode
;
122 static const char *const zio_taskq_types
[ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES
] = {
123 "iss", "iss_h", "int", "int_h"
127 * This table defines the taskq settings for each ZFS I/O type. When
128 * initializing a pool, we use this table to create an appropriately sized
129 * taskq. Some operations are low volume and therefore have a small, static
130 * number of threads assigned to their taskqs using the ZTI_N(#) or ZTI_ONE
131 * macros. Other operations process a large amount of data; the ZTI_BATCH
132 * macro causes us to create a taskq oriented for throughput. Some operations
133 * are so high frequency and short-lived that the taskq itself can become a a
134 * point of lock contention. The ZTI_P(#, #) macro indicates that we need an
135 * additional degree of parallelism specified by the number of threads per-
136 * taskq and the number of taskqs; when dispatching an event in this case, the
137 * particular taskq is chosen at random.
139 * The different taskq priorities are to handle the different contexts (issue
140 * and interrupt) and then to reserve threads for ZIO_PRIORITY_NOW I/Os that
141 * need to be handled with minimum delay.
143 const zio_taskq_info_t zio_taskqs
[ZIO_TYPES
][ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES
] = {
144 /* ISSUE ISSUE_HIGH INTR INTR_HIGH */
145 { ZTI_ONE
, ZTI_NULL
, ZTI_ONE
, ZTI_NULL
}, /* NULL */
146 { ZTI_N(8), ZTI_NULL
, ZTI_P(12, 8), ZTI_NULL
}, /* READ */
147 { ZTI_BATCH
, ZTI_N(5), ZTI_P(12, 8), ZTI_N(5) }, /* WRITE */
148 { ZTI_P(12, 8), ZTI_NULL
, ZTI_ONE
, ZTI_NULL
}, /* FREE */
149 { ZTI_ONE
, ZTI_NULL
, ZTI_ONE
, ZTI_NULL
}, /* CLAIM */
150 { ZTI_ONE
, ZTI_NULL
, ZTI_ONE
, ZTI_NULL
}, /* IOCTL */
153 static void spa_sync_version(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
);
154 static void spa_sync_props(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
);
155 static boolean_t
spa_has_active_shared_spare(spa_t
*spa
);
156 static int spa_load_impl(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
, char **ereport
);
157 static void spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa_t
*spa
);
159 uint_t zio_taskq_batch_pct
= 75; /* 1 thread per cpu in pset */
160 boolean_t zio_taskq_sysdc
= B_TRUE
; /* use SDC scheduling class */
161 uint_t zio_taskq_basedc
= 80; /* base duty cycle */
163 boolean_t spa_create_process
= B_TRUE
; /* no process ==> no sysdc */
166 * Report any spa_load_verify errors found, but do not fail spa_load.
167 * This is used by zdb to analyze non-idle pools.
169 boolean_t spa_load_verify_dryrun
= B_FALSE
;
172 * This (illegal) pool name is used when temporarily importing a spa_t in order
173 * to get the vdev stats associated with the imported devices.
175 #define TRYIMPORT_NAME "$import"
178 * For debugging purposes: print out vdev tree during pool import.
180 int spa_load_print_vdev_tree
= B_FALSE
;
183 * A non-zero value for zfs_max_missing_tvds means that we allow importing
184 * pools with missing top-level vdevs. This is strictly intended for advanced
185 * pool recovery cases since missing data is almost inevitable. Pools with
186 * missing devices can only be imported read-only for safety reasons, and their
187 * fail-mode will be automatically set to "continue".
189 * With 1 missing vdev we should be able to import the pool and mount all
190 * datasets. User data that was not modified after the missing device has been
191 * added should be recoverable. This means that snapshots created prior to the
192 * addition of that device should be completely intact.
194 * With 2 missing vdevs, some datasets may fail to mount since there are
195 * dataset statistics that are stored as regular metadata. Some data might be
196 * recoverable if those vdevs were added recently.
198 * With 3 or more missing vdevs, the pool is severely damaged and MOS entries
199 * may be missing entirely. Chances of data recovery are very low. Note that
200 * there are also risks of performing an inadvertent rewind as we might be
201 * missing all the vdevs with the latest uberblocks.
203 unsigned long zfs_max_missing_tvds
= 0;
206 * The parameters below are similar to zfs_max_missing_tvds but are only
207 * intended for a preliminary open of the pool with an untrusted config which
208 * might be incomplete or out-dated.
210 * We are more tolerant for pools opened from a cachefile since we could have
211 * an out-dated cachefile where a device removal was not registered.
212 * We could have set the limit arbitrarily high but in the case where devices
213 * are really missing we would want to return the proper error codes; we chose
214 * SPA_DVAS_PER_BP - 1 so that some copies of the MOS would still be available
215 * and we get a chance to retrieve the trusted config.
217 uint64_t zfs_max_missing_tvds_cachefile
= SPA_DVAS_PER_BP
- 1;
220 * In the case where config was assembled by scanning device paths (/dev/dsks
221 * by default) we are less tolerant since all the existing devices should have
222 * been detected and we want spa_load to return the right error codes.
224 uint64_t zfs_max_missing_tvds_scan
= 0;
227 * Debugging aid that pauses spa_sync() towards the end.
229 boolean_t zfs_pause_spa_sync
= B_FALSE
;
232 * ==========================================================================
233 * SPA properties routines
234 * ==========================================================================
238 * Add a (source=src, propname=propval) list to an nvlist.
241 spa_prop_add_list(nvlist_t
*nvl
, zpool_prop_t prop
, char *strval
,
242 uint64_t intval
, zprop_source_t src
)
244 const char *propname
= zpool_prop_to_name(prop
);
247 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&propval
, NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
) == 0);
248 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(propval
, ZPROP_SOURCE
, src
) == 0);
251 VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(propval
, ZPROP_VALUE
, strval
) == 0);
253 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(propval
, ZPROP_VALUE
, intval
) == 0);
255 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(nvl
, propname
, propval
) == 0);
256 nvlist_free(propval
);
260 * Get property values from the spa configuration.
263 spa_prop_get_config(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
**nvp
)
265 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
266 dsl_pool_t
*pool
= spa
->spa_dsl_pool
;
267 uint64_t size
, alloc
, cap
, version
;
268 const zprop_source_t src
= ZPROP_SRC_NONE
;
269 spa_config_dirent_t
*dp
;
270 metaslab_class_t
*mc
= spa_normal_class(spa
);
272 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa
->spa_props_lock
));
275 alloc
= metaslab_class_get_alloc(mc
);
276 alloc
+= metaslab_class_get_alloc(spa_special_class(spa
));
277 alloc
+= metaslab_class_get_alloc(spa_dedup_class(spa
));
279 size
= metaslab_class_get_space(mc
);
280 size
+= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_special_class(spa
));
281 size
+= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_dedup_class(spa
));
283 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_NAME
, spa_name(spa
), 0, src
);
284 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_SIZE
, NULL
, size
, src
);
285 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_ALLOCATED
, NULL
, alloc
, src
);
286 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_FREE
, NULL
,
288 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_CHECKPOINT
, NULL
,
289 spa
->spa_checkpoint_info
.sci_dspace
, src
);
291 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_FRAGMENTATION
, NULL
,
292 metaslab_class_fragmentation(mc
), src
);
293 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_EXPANDSZ
, NULL
,
294 metaslab_class_expandable_space(mc
), src
);
295 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY
, NULL
,
296 (spa_mode(spa
) == FREAD
), src
);
298 cap
= (size
== 0) ? 0 : (alloc
* 100 / size
);
299 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_CAPACITY
, NULL
, cap
, src
);
301 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_DEDUPRATIO
, NULL
,
302 ddt_get_pool_dedup_ratio(spa
), src
);
304 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_HEALTH
, NULL
,
305 rvd
->vdev_state
, src
);
307 version
= spa_version(spa
);
308 if (version
== zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION
)) {
309 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION
, NULL
,
310 version
, ZPROP_SRC_DEFAULT
);
312 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION
, NULL
,
313 version
, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL
);
315 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_LOAD_GUID
,
316 NULL
, spa_load_guid(spa
), src
);
321 * The $FREE directory was introduced in SPA_VERSION_DEADLISTS,
322 * when opening pools before this version freedir will be NULL.
324 if (pool
->dp_free_dir
!= NULL
) {
325 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_FREEING
, NULL
,
326 dsl_dir_phys(pool
->dp_free_dir
)->dd_used_bytes
,
329 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_FREEING
,
333 if (pool
->dp_leak_dir
!= NULL
) {
334 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_LEAKED
, NULL
,
335 dsl_dir_phys(pool
->dp_leak_dir
)->dd_used_bytes
,
338 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_LEAKED
,
343 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_GUID
, NULL
, spa_guid(spa
), src
);
345 if (spa
->spa_comment
!= NULL
) {
346 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_COMMENT
, spa
->spa_comment
,
350 if (spa
->spa_root
!= NULL
)
351 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT
, spa
->spa_root
,
354 if (spa_feature_is_enabled(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_LARGE_BLOCKS
)) {
355 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXBLOCKSIZE
, NULL
,
356 MIN(zfs_max_recordsize
, SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE
), ZPROP_SRC_NONE
);
358 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXBLOCKSIZE
, NULL
,
359 SPA_OLD_MAXBLOCKSIZE
, ZPROP_SRC_NONE
);
362 if (spa_feature_is_enabled(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_LARGE_DNODE
)) {
363 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXDNODESIZE
, NULL
,
364 DNODE_MAX_SIZE
, ZPROP_SRC_NONE
);
366 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXDNODESIZE
, NULL
,
367 DNODE_MIN_SIZE
, ZPROP_SRC_NONE
);
370 if ((dp
= list_head(&spa
->spa_config_list
)) != NULL
) {
371 if (dp
->scd_path
== NULL
) {
372 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE
,
373 "none", 0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL
);
374 } else if (strcmp(dp
->scd_path
, spa_config_path
) != 0) {
375 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE
,
376 dp
->scd_path
, 0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL
);
382 * Get zpool property values.
385 spa_prop_get(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
**nvp
)
387 objset_t
*mos
= spa
->spa_meta_objset
;
392 err
= nvlist_alloc(nvp
, NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
);
396 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_props_lock
);
399 * Get properties from the spa config.
401 spa_prop_get_config(spa
, nvp
);
403 /* If no pool property object, no more prop to get. */
404 if (mos
== NULL
|| spa
->spa_pool_props_object
== 0) {
405 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_props_lock
);
410 * Get properties from the MOS pool property object.
412 for (zap_cursor_init(&zc
, mos
, spa
->spa_pool_props_object
);
413 (err
= zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc
, &za
)) == 0;
414 zap_cursor_advance(&zc
)) {
417 zprop_source_t src
= ZPROP_SRC_DEFAULT
;
420 if ((prop
= zpool_name_to_prop(za
.za_name
)) == ZPOOL_PROP_INVAL
)
423 switch (za
.za_integer_length
) {
425 /* integer property */
426 if (za
.za_first_integer
!=
427 zpool_prop_default_numeric(prop
))
428 src
= ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL
;
430 if (prop
== ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS
) {
432 dsl_dataset_t
*ds
= NULL
;
434 dp
= spa_get_dsl(spa
);
435 dsl_pool_config_enter(dp
, FTAG
);
436 if ((err
= dsl_dataset_hold_obj(dp
,
437 za
.za_first_integer
, FTAG
, &ds
))) {
438 dsl_pool_config_exit(dp
, FTAG
);
442 strval
= kmem_alloc(ZFS_MAX_DATASET_NAME_LEN
,
444 dsl_dataset_name(ds
, strval
);
445 dsl_dataset_rele(ds
, FTAG
);
446 dsl_pool_config_exit(dp
, FTAG
);
449 intval
= za
.za_first_integer
;
452 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, prop
, strval
, intval
, src
);
455 kmem_free(strval
, ZFS_MAX_DATASET_NAME_LEN
);
460 /* string property */
461 strval
= kmem_alloc(za
.za_num_integers
, KM_SLEEP
);
462 err
= zap_lookup(mos
, spa
->spa_pool_props_object
,
463 za
.za_name
, 1, za
.za_num_integers
, strval
);
465 kmem_free(strval
, za
.za_num_integers
);
468 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, prop
, strval
, 0, src
);
469 kmem_free(strval
, za
.za_num_integers
);
476 zap_cursor_fini(&zc
);
477 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_props_lock
);
479 if (err
&& err
!= ENOENT
) {
489 * Validate the given pool properties nvlist and modify the list
490 * for the property values to be set.
493 spa_prop_validate(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*props
)
496 int error
= 0, reset_bootfs
= 0;
498 boolean_t has_feature
= B_FALSE
;
501 while ((elem
= nvlist_next_nvpair(props
, elem
)) != NULL
) {
503 char *strval
, *slash
, *check
, *fname
;
504 const char *propname
= nvpair_name(elem
);
505 zpool_prop_t prop
= zpool_name_to_prop(propname
);
508 case ZPOOL_PROP_INVAL
:
509 if (!zpool_prop_feature(propname
)) {
510 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
515 * Sanitize the input.
517 if (nvpair_type(elem
) != DATA_TYPE_UINT64
) {
518 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
522 if (nvpair_value_uint64(elem
, &intval
) != 0) {
523 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
528 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
532 fname
= strchr(propname
, '@') + 1;
533 if (zfeature_lookup_name(fname
, NULL
) != 0) {
534 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
538 has_feature
= B_TRUE
;
541 case ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION
:
542 error
= nvpair_value_uint64(elem
, &intval
);
544 (intval
< spa_version(spa
) ||
545 intval
> SPA_VERSION_BEFORE_FEATURES
||
547 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
550 case ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION
:
551 case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOREPLACE
:
552 case ZPOOL_PROP_LISTSNAPS
:
553 case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND
:
554 error
= nvpair_value_uint64(elem
, &intval
);
555 if (!error
&& intval
> 1)
556 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
559 case ZPOOL_PROP_MULTIHOST
:
560 error
= nvpair_value_uint64(elem
, &intval
);
561 if (!error
&& intval
> 1)
562 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
564 if (!error
&& !spa_get_hostid())
565 error
= SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
);
569 case ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS
:
571 * If the pool version is less than SPA_VERSION_BOOTFS,
572 * or the pool is still being created (version == 0),
573 * the bootfs property cannot be set.
575 if (spa_version(spa
) < SPA_VERSION_BOOTFS
) {
576 error
= SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
);
581 * Make sure the vdev config is bootable
583 if (!vdev_is_bootable(spa
->spa_root_vdev
)) {
584 error
= SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
);
590 error
= nvpair_value_string(elem
, &strval
);
596 if (strval
== NULL
|| strval
[0] == '\0') {
597 objnum
= zpool_prop_default_numeric(
602 error
= dmu_objset_hold(strval
, FTAG
, &os
);
607 * Must be ZPL, and its property settings
608 * must be supported by GRUB (compression
609 * is not gzip, and large blocks or large
610 * dnodes are not used).
613 if (dmu_objset_type(os
) != DMU_OST_ZFS
) {
614 error
= SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
);
616 dsl_prop_get_int_ds(dmu_objset_ds(os
),
617 zfs_prop_to_name(ZFS_PROP_COMPRESSION
),
619 !BOOTFS_COMPRESS_VALID(propval
)) {
620 error
= SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
);
622 dsl_prop_get_int_ds(dmu_objset_ds(os
),
623 zfs_prop_to_name(ZFS_PROP_DNODESIZE
),
625 propval
!= ZFS_DNSIZE_LEGACY
) {
626 error
= SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
);
628 objnum
= dmu_objset_id(os
);
630 dmu_objset_rele(os
, FTAG
);
634 case ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE
:
635 error
= nvpair_value_uint64(elem
, &intval
);
636 if (!error
&& intval
> ZIO_FAILURE_MODE_PANIC
)
637 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
640 * This is a special case which only occurs when
641 * the pool has completely failed. This allows
642 * the user to change the in-core failmode property
643 * without syncing it out to disk (I/Os might
644 * currently be blocked). We do this by returning
645 * EIO to the caller (spa_prop_set) to trick it
646 * into thinking we encountered a property validation
649 if (!error
&& spa_suspended(spa
)) {
650 spa
->spa_failmode
= intval
;
651 error
= SET_ERROR(EIO
);
655 case ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE
:
656 if ((error
= nvpair_value_string(elem
, &strval
)) != 0)
659 if (strval
[0] == '\0')
662 if (strcmp(strval
, "none") == 0)
665 if (strval
[0] != '/') {
666 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
670 slash
= strrchr(strval
, '/');
671 ASSERT(slash
!= NULL
);
673 if (slash
[1] == '\0' || strcmp(slash
, "/.") == 0 ||
674 strcmp(slash
, "/..") == 0)
675 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
678 case ZPOOL_PROP_COMMENT
:
679 if ((error
= nvpair_value_string(elem
, &strval
)) != 0)
681 for (check
= strval
; *check
!= '\0'; check
++) {
682 if (!isprint(*check
)) {
683 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
687 if (strlen(strval
) > ZPROP_MAX_COMMENT
)
688 error
= SET_ERROR(E2BIG
);
691 case ZPOOL_PROP_DEDUPDITTO
:
692 if (spa_version(spa
) < SPA_VERSION_DEDUP
)
693 error
= SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
);
695 error
= nvpair_value_uint64(elem
, &intval
);
697 intval
!= 0 && intval
< ZIO_DEDUPDITTO_MIN
)
698 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
709 if (!error
&& reset_bootfs
) {
710 error
= nvlist_remove(props
,
711 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS
), DATA_TYPE_STRING
);
714 error
= nvlist_add_uint64(props
,
715 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS
), objnum
);
723 spa_configfile_set(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*nvp
, boolean_t need_sync
)
726 spa_config_dirent_t
*dp
;
728 if (nvlist_lookup_string(nvp
, zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE
),
732 dp
= kmem_alloc(sizeof (spa_config_dirent_t
),
735 if (cachefile
[0] == '\0')
736 dp
->scd_path
= spa_strdup(spa_config_path
);
737 else if (strcmp(cachefile
, "none") == 0)
740 dp
->scd_path
= spa_strdup(cachefile
);
742 list_insert_head(&spa
->spa_config_list
, dp
);
744 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE
);
748 spa_prop_set(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*nvp
)
751 nvpair_t
*elem
= NULL
;
752 boolean_t need_sync
= B_FALSE
;
754 if ((error
= spa_prop_validate(spa
, nvp
)) != 0)
757 while ((elem
= nvlist_next_nvpair(nvp
, elem
)) != NULL
) {
758 zpool_prop_t prop
= zpool_name_to_prop(nvpair_name(elem
));
760 if (prop
== ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE
||
761 prop
== ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT
||
762 prop
== ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY
)
765 if (prop
== ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION
|| prop
== ZPOOL_PROP_INVAL
) {
768 if (prop
== ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION
) {
769 VERIFY(nvpair_value_uint64(elem
, &ver
) == 0);
771 ASSERT(zpool_prop_feature(nvpair_name(elem
)));
772 ver
= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES
;
776 /* Save time if the version is already set. */
777 if (ver
== spa_version(spa
))
781 * In addition to the pool directory object, we might
782 * create the pool properties object, the features for
783 * read object, the features for write object, or the
784 * feature descriptions object.
786 error
= dsl_sync_task(spa
->spa_name
, NULL
,
787 spa_sync_version
, &ver
,
788 6, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_RESERVED
);
799 return (dsl_sync_task(spa
->spa_name
, NULL
, spa_sync_props
,
800 nvp
, 6, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_RESERVED
));
807 * If the bootfs property value is dsobj, clear it.
810 spa_prop_clear_bootfs(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t dsobj
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
812 if (spa
->spa_bootfs
== dsobj
&& spa
->spa_pool_props_object
!= 0) {
813 VERIFY(zap_remove(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
814 spa
->spa_pool_props_object
,
815 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS
), tx
) == 0);
822 spa_change_guid_check(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
824 ASSERTV(uint64_t *newguid
= arg
);
825 spa_t
*spa
= dmu_tx_pool(tx
)->dp_spa
;
826 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
829 if (spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT
)) {
830 int error
= (spa_has_checkpoint(spa
)) ?
831 ZFS_ERR_CHECKPOINT_EXISTS
: ZFS_ERR_DISCARDING_CHECKPOINT
;
832 return (SET_ERROR(error
));
835 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
836 vdev_state
= rvd
->vdev_state
;
837 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
839 if (vdev_state
!= VDEV_STATE_HEALTHY
)
840 return (SET_ERROR(ENXIO
));
842 ASSERT3U(spa_guid(spa
), !=, *newguid
);
848 spa_change_guid_sync(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
850 uint64_t *newguid
= arg
;
851 spa_t
*spa
= dmu_tx_pool(tx
)->dp_spa
;
853 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
855 oldguid
= spa_guid(spa
);
857 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
858 rvd
->vdev_guid
= *newguid
;
859 rvd
->vdev_guid_sum
+= (*newguid
- oldguid
);
860 vdev_config_dirty(rvd
);
861 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
863 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "guid change", tx
, "old=%llu new=%llu",
868 * Change the GUID for the pool. This is done so that we can later
869 * re-import a pool built from a clone of our own vdevs. We will modify
870 * the root vdev's guid, our own pool guid, and then mark all of our
871 * vdevs dirty. Note that we must make sure that all our vdevs are
872 * online when we do this, or else any vdevs that weren't present
873 * would be orphaned from our pool. We are also going to issue a
874 * sysevent to update any watchers.
877 spa_change_guid(spa_t
*spa
)
882 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_vdev_top_lock
);
883 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
884 guid
= spa_generate_guid(NULL
);
886 error
= dsl_sync_task(spa
->spa_name
, spa_change_guid_check
,
887 spa_change_guid_sync
, &guid
, 5, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_RESERVED
);
890 spa_write_cachefile(spa
, B_FALSE
, B_TRUE
);
891 spa_event_notify(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_POOL_REGUID
);
894 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
895 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_vdev_top_lock
);
901 * ==========================================================================
902 * SPA state manipulation (open/create/destroy/import/export)
903 * ==========================================================================
907 spa_error_entry_compare(const void *a
, const void *b
)
909 const spa_error_entry_t
*sa
= (const spa_error_entry_t
*)a
;
910 const spa_error_entry_t
*sb
= (const spa_error_entry_t
*)b
;
913 ret
= memcmp(&sa
->se_bookmark
, &sb
->se_bookmark
,
914 sizeof (zbookmark_phys_t
));
916 return (AVL_ISIGN(ret
));
920 * Utility function which retrieves copies of the current logs and
921 * re-initializes them in the process.
924 spa_get_errlists(spa_t
*spa
, avl_tree_t
*last
, avl_tree_t
*scrub
)
926 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa
->spa_errlist_lock
));
928 bcopy(&spa
->spa_errlist_last
, last
, sizeof (avl_tree_t
));
929 bcopy(&spa
->spa_errlist_scrub
, scrub
, sizeof (avl_tree_t
));
931 avl_create(&spa
->spa_errlist_scrub
,
932 spa_error_entry_compare
, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t
),
933 offsetof(spa_error_entry_t
, se_avl
));
934 avl_create(&spa
->spa_errlist_last
,
935 spa_error_entry_compare
, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t
),
936 offsetof(spa_error_entry_t
, se_avl
));
940 spa_taskqs_init(spa_t
*spa
, zio_type_t t
, zio_taskq_type_t q
)
942 const zio_taskq_info_t
*ztip
= &zio_taskqs
[t
][q
];
943 enum zti_modes mode
= ztip
->zti_mode
;
944 uint_t value
= ztip
->zti_value
;
945 uint_t count
= ztip
->zti_count
;
946 spa_taskqs_t
*tqs
= &spa
->spa_zio_taskq
[t
][q
];
948 boolean_t batch
= B_FALSE
;
950 if (mode
== ZTI_MODE_NULL
) {
952 tqs
->stqs_taskq
= NULL
;
956 ASSERT3U(count
, >, 0);
958 tqs
->stqs_count
= count
;
959 tqs
->stqs_taskq
= kmem_alloc(count
* sizeof (taskq_t
*), KM_SLEEP
);
963 ASSERT3U(value
, >=, 1);
964 value
= MAX(value
, 1);
965 flags
|= TASKQ_DYNAMIC
;
970 flags
|= TASKQ_THREADS_CPU_PCT
;
971 value
= MIN(zio_taskq_batch_pct
, 100);
975 panic("unrecognized mode for %s_%s taskq (%u:%u) in "
977 zio_type_name
[t
], zio_taskq_types
[q
], mode
, value
);
981 for (uint_t i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++) {
985 (void) snprintf(name
, sizeof (name
), "%s_%s",
986 zio_type_name
[t
], zio_taskq_types
[q
]);
988 if (zio_taskq_sysdc
&& spa
->spa_proc
!= &p0
) {
990 flags
|= TASKQ_DC_BATCH
;
992 tq
= taskq_create_sysdc(name
, value
, 50, INT_MAX
,
993 spa
->spa_proc
, zio_taskq_basedc
, flags
);
995 pri_t pri
= maxclsyspri
;
997 * The write issue taskq can be extremely CPU
998 * intensive. Run it at slightly less important
999 * priority than the other taskqs. Under Linux this
1000 * means incrementing the priority value on platforms
1001 * like illumos it should be decremented.
1003 if (t
== ZIO_TYPE_WRITE
&& q
== ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE
)
1006 tq
= taskq_create_proc(name
, value
, pri
, 50,
1007 INT_MAX
, spa
->spa_proc
, flags
);
1010 tqs
->stqs_taskq
[i
] = tq
;
1015 spa_taskqs_fini(spa_t
*spa
, zio_type_t t
, zio_taskq_type_t q
)
1017 spa_taskqs_t
*tqs
= &spa
->spa_zio_taskq
[t
][q
];
1019 if (tqs
->stqs_taskq
== NULL
) {
1020 ASSERT3U(tqs
->stqs_count
, ==, 0);
1024 for (uint_t i
= 0; i
< tqs
->stqs_count
; i
++) {
1025 ASSERT3P(tqs
->stqs_taskq
[i
], !=, NULL
);
1026 taskq_destroy(tqs
->stqs_taskq
[i
]);
1029 kmem_free(tqs
->stqs_taskq
, tqs
->stqs_count
* sizeof (taskq_t
*));
1030 tqs
->stqs_taskq
= NULL
;
1034 * Dispatch a task to the appropriate taskq for the ZFS I/O type and priority.
1035 * Note that a type may have multiple discrete taskqs to avoid lock contention
1036 * on the taskq itself. In that case we choose which taskq at random by using
1037 * the low bits of gethrtime().
1040 spa_taskq_dispatch_ent(spa_t
*spa
, zio_type_t t
, zio_taskq_type_t q
,
1041 task_func_t
*func
, void *arg
, uint_t flags
, taskq_ent_t
*ent
)
1043 spa_taskqs_t
*tqs
= &spa
->spa_zio_taskq
[t
][q
];
1046 ASSERT3P(tqs
->stqs_taskq
, !=, NULL
);
1047 ASSERT3U(tqs
->stqs_count
, !=, 0);
1049 if (tqs
->stqs_count
== 1) {
1050 tq
= tqs
->stqs_taskq
[0];
1052 tq
= tqs
->stqs_taskq
[((uint64_t)gethrtime()) % tqs
->stqs_count
];
1055 taskq_dispatch_ent(tq
, func
, arg
, flags
, ent
);
1059 * Same as spa_taskq_dispatch_ent() but block on the task until completion.
1062 spa_taskq_dispatch_sync(spa_t
*spa
, zio_type_t t
, zio_taskq_type_t q
,
1063 task_func_t
*func
, void *arg
, uint_t flags
)
1065 spa_taskqs_t
*tqs
= &spa
->spa_zio_taskq
[t
][q
];
1069 ASSERT3P(tqs
->stqs_taskq
, !=, NULL
);
1070 ASSERT3U(tqs
->stqs_count
, !=, 0);
1072 if (tqs
->stqs_count
== 1) {
1073 tq
= tqs
->stqs_taskq
[0];
1075 tq
= tqs
->stqs_taskq
[((uint64_t)gethrtime()) % tqs
->stqs_count
];
1078 id
= taskq_dispatch(tq
, func
, arg
, flags
);
1080 taskq_wait_id(tq
, id
);
1084 spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa_t
*spa
)
1086 for (int t
= 0; t
< ZIO_TYPES
; t
++) {
1087 for (int q
= 0; q
< ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES
; q
++) {
1088 spa_taskqs_init(spa
, t
, q
);
1094 * Disabled until spa_thread() can be adapted for Linux.
1096 #undef HAVE_SPA_THREAD
1098 #if defined(_KERNEL) && defined(HAVE_SPA_THREAD)
1100 spa_thread(void *arg
)
1102 psetid_t zio_taskq_psrset_bind
= PS_NONE
;
1103 callb_cpr_t cprinfo
;
1106 user_t
*pu
= PTOU(curproc
);
1108 CALLB_CPR_INIT(&cprinfo
, &spa
->spa_proc_lock
, callb_generic_cpr
,
1111 ASSERT(curproc
!= &p0
);
1112 (void) snprintf(pu
->u_psargs
, sizeof (pu
->u_psargs
),
1113 "zpool-%s", spa
->spa_name
);
1114 (void) strlcpy(pu
->u_comm
, pu
->u_psargs
, sizeof (pu
->u_comm
));
1116 /* bind this thread to the requested psrset */
1117 if (zio_taskq_psrset_bind
!= PS_NONE
) {
1119 mutex_enter(&cpu_lock
);
1120 mutex_enter(&pidlock
);
1121 mutex_enter(&curproc
->p_lock
);
1123 if (cpupart_bind_thread(curthread
, zio_taskq_psrset_bind
,
1124 0, NULL
, NULL
) == 0) {
1125 curthread
->t_bind_pset
= zio_taskq_psrset_bind
;
1128 "Couldn't bind process for zfs pool \"%s\" to "
1129 "pset %d\n", spa
->spa_name
, zio_taskq_psrset_bind
);
1132 mutex_exit(&curproc
->p_lock
);
1133 mutex_exit(&pidlock
);
1134 mutex_exit(&cpu_lock
);
1138 if (zio_taskq_sysdc
) {
1139 sysdc_thread_enter(curthread
, 100, 0);
1142 spa
->spa_proc
= curproc
;
1143 spa
->spa_did
= curthread
->t_did
;
1145 spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa
);
1147 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1148 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_CREATED
);
1150 spa
->spa_proc_state
= SPA_PROC_ACTIVE
;
1151 cv_broadcast(&spa
->spa_proc_cv
);
1153 CALLB_CPR_SAFE_BEGIN(&cprinfo
);
1154 while (spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_ACTIVE
)
1155 cv_wait(&spa
->spa_proc_cv
, &spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1156 CALLB_CPR_SAFE_END(&cprinfo
, &spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1158 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_DEACTIVATE
);
1159 spa
->spa_proc_state
= SPA_PROC_GONE
;
1160 spa
->spa_proc
= &p0
;
1161 cv_broadcast(&spa
->spa_proc_cv
);
1162 CALLB_CPR_EXIT(&cprinfo
); /* drops spa_proc_lock */
1164 mutex_enter(&curproc
->p_lock
);
1170 * Activate an uninitialized pool.
1173 spa_activate(spa_t
*spa
, int mode
)
1175 ASSERT(spa
->spa_state
== POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
);
1177 spa
->spa_state
= POOL_STATE_ACTIVE
;
1178 spa
->spa_mode
= mode
;
1180 spa
->spa_normal_class
= metaslab_class_create(spa
, zfs_metaslab_ops
);
1181 spa
->spa_log_class
= metaslab_class_create(spa
, zfs_metaslab_ops
);
1182 spa
->spa_special_class
= metaslab_class_create(spa
, zfs_metaslab_ops
);
1183 spa
->spa_dedup_class
= metaslab_class_create(spa
, zfs_metaslab_ops
);
1185 /* Try to create a covering process */
1186 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1187 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_NONE
);
1188 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc
== &p0
);
1191 #ifdef HAVE_SPA_THREAD
1192 /* Only create a process if we're going to be around a while. */
1193 if (spa_create_process
&& strcmp(spa
->spa_name
, TRYIMPORT_NAME
) != 0) {
1194 if (newproc(spa_thread
, (caddr_t
)spa
, syscid
, maxclsyspri
,
1196 spa
->spa_proc_state
= SPA_PROC_CREATED
;
1197 while (spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_CREATED
) {
1198 cv_wait(&spa
->spa_proc_cv
,
1199 &spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1201 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_ACTIVE
);
1202 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc
!= &p0
);
1203 ASSERT(spa
->spa_did
!= 0);
1207 "Couldn't create process for zfs pool \"%s\"\n",
1212 #endif /* HAVE_SPA_THREAD */
1213 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1215 /* If we didn't create a process, we need to create our taskqs. */
1216 if (spa
->spa_proc
== &p0
) {
1217 spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa
);
1220 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< TXG_SIZE
; i
++)
1221 spa
->spa_txg_zio
[i
] = zio_root(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
1223 list_create(&spa
->spa_config_dirty_list
, sizeof (vdev_t
),
1224 offsetof(vdev_t
, vdev_config_dirty_node
));
1225 list_create(&spa
->spa_evicting_os_list
, sizeof (objset_t
),
1226 offsetof(objset_t
, os_evicting_node
));
1227 list_create(&spa
->spa_state_dirty_list
, sizeof (vdev_t
),
1228 offsetof(vdev_t
, vdev_state_dirty_node
));
1230 txg_list_create(&spa
->spa_vdev_txg_list
, spa
,
1231 offsetof(struct vdev
, vdev_txg_node
));
1233 avl_create(&spa
->spa_errlist_scrub
,
1234 spa_error_entry_compare
, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t
),
1235 offsetof(spa_error_entry_t
, se_avl
));
1236 avl_create(&spa
->spa_errlist_last
,
1237 spa_error_entry_compare
, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t
),
1238 offsetof(spa_error_entry_t
, se_avl
));
1240 spa_keystore_init(&spa
->spa_keystore
);
1243 * This taskq is used to perform zvol-minor-related tasks
1244 * asynchronously. This has several advantages, including easy
1245 * resolution of various deadlocks (zfsonlinux bug #3681).
1247 * The taskq must be single threaded to ensure tasks are always
1248 * processed in the order in which they were dispatched.
1250 * A taskq per pool allows one to keep the pools independent.
1251 * This way if one pool is suspended, it will not impact another.
1253 * The preferred location to dispatch a zvol minor task is a sync
1254 * task. In this context, there is easy access to the spa_t and minimal
1255 * error handling is required because the sync task must succeed.
1257 spa
->spa_zvol_taskq
= taskq_create("z_zvol", 1, defclsyspri
,
1261 * Taskq dedicated to prefetcher threads: this is used to prevent the
1262 * pool traverse code from monopolizing the global (and limited)
1263 * system_taskq by inappropriately scheduling long running tasks on it.
1265 spa
->spa_prefetch_taskq
= taskq_create("z_prefetch", boot_ncpus
,
1266 defclsyspri
, 1, INT_MAX
, TASKQ_DYNAMIC
);
1269 * The taskq to upgrade datasets in this pool. Currently used by
1270 * feature SPA_FEATURE_USEROBJ_ACCOUNTING/SPA_FEATURE_PROJECT_QUOTA.
1272 spa
->spa_upgrade_taskq
= taskq_create("z_upgrade", boot_ncpus
,
1273 defclsyspri
, 1, INT_MAX
, TASKQ_DYNAMIC
);
1277 * Opposite of spa_activate().
1280 spa_deactivate(spa_t
*spa
)
1282 ASSERT(spa
->spa_sync_on
== B_FALSE
);
1283 ASSERT(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
== NULL
);
1284 ASSERT(spa
->spa_root_vdev
== NULL
);
1285 ASSERT(spa
->spa_async_zio_root
== NULL
);
1286 ASSERT(spa
->spa_state
!= POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
);
1288 spa_evicting_os_wait(spa
);
1290 if (spa
->spa_zvol_taskq
) {
1291 taskq_destroy(spa
->spa_zvol_taskq
);
1292 spa
->spa_zvol_taskq
= NULL
;
1295 if (spa
->spa_prefetch_taskq
) {
1296 taskq_destroy(spa
->spa_prefetch_taskq
);
1297 spa
->spa_prefetch_taskq
= NULL
;
1300 if (spa
->spa_upgrade_taskq
) {
1301 taskq_destroy(spa
->spa_upgrade_taskq
);
1302 spa
->spa_upgrade_taskq
= NULL
;
1305 txg_list_destroy(&spa
->spa_vdev_txg_list
);
1307 list_destroy(&spa
->spa_config_dirty_list
);
1308 list_destroy(&spa
->spa_evicting_os_list
);
1309 list_destroy(&spa
->spa_state_dirty_list
);
1311 taskq_cancel_id(system_delay_taskq
, spa
->spa_deadman_tqid
);
1313 for (int t
= 0; t
< ZIO_TYPES
; t
++) {
1314 for (int q
= 0; q
< ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES
; q
++) {
1315 spa_taskqs_fini(spa
, t
, q
);
1319 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< TXG_SIZE
; i
++) {
1320 ASSERT3P(spa
->spa_txg_zio
[i
], !=, NULL
);
1321 VERIFY0(zio_wait(spa
->spa_txg_zio
[i
]));
1322 spa
->spa_txg_zio
[i
] = NULL
;
1325 metaslab_class_destroy(spa
->spa_normal_class
);
1326 spa
->spa_normal_class
= NULL
;
1328 metaslab_class_destroy(spa
->spa_log_class
);
1329 spa
->spa_log_class
= NULL
;
1331 metaslab_class_destroy(spa
->spa_special_class
);
1332 spa
->spa_special_class
= NULL
;
1334 metaslab_class_destroy(spa
->spa_dedup_class
);
1335 spa
->spa_dedup_class
= NULL
;
1338 * If this was part of an import or the open otherwise failed, we may
1339 * still have errors left in the queues. Empty them just in case.
1341 spa_errlog_drain(spa
);
1342 avl_destroy(&spa
->spa_errlist_scrub
);
1343 avl_destroy(&spa
->spa_errlist_last
);
1345 spa_keystore_fini(&spa
->spa_keystore
);
1347 spa
->spa_state
= POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
;
1349 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1350 if (spa
->spa_proc_state
!= SPA_PROC_NONE
) {
1351 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_ACTIVE
);
1352 spa
->spa_proc_state
= SPA_PROC_DEACTIVATE
;
1353 cv_broadcast(&spa
->spa_proc_cv
);
1354 while (spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_DEACTIVATE
) {
1355 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc
!= &p0
);
1356 cv_wait(&spa
->spa_proc_cv
, &spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1358 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_GONE
);
1359 spa
->spa_proc_state
= SPA_PROC_NONE
;
1361 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc
== &p0
);
1362 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1365 * We want to make sure spa_thread() has actually exited the ZFS
1366 * module, so that the module can't be unloaded out from underneath
1369 if (spa
->spa_did
!= 0) {
1370 thread_join(spa
->spa_did
);
1376 * Verify a pool configuration, and construct the vdev tree appropriately. This
1377 * will create all the necessary vdevs in the appropriate layout, with each vdev
1378 * in the CLOSED state. This will prep the pool before open/creation/import.
1379 * All vdev validation is done by the vdev_alloc() routine.
1382 spa_config_parse(spa_t
*spa
, vdev_t
**vdp
, nvlist_t
*nv
, vdev_t
*parent
,
1383 uint_t id
, int atype
)
1389 if ((error
= vdev_alloc(spa
, vdp
, nv
, parent
, id
, atype
)) != 0)
1392 if ((*vdp
)->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
)
1395 error
= nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nv
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN
,
1398 if (error
== ENOENT
)
1404 return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL
));
1407 for (int c
= 0; c
< children
; c
++) {
1409 if ((error
= spa_config_parse(spa
, &vd
, child
[c
], *vdp
, c
,
1417 ASSERT(*vdp
!= NULL
);
1423 * Opposite of spa_load().
1426 spa_unload(spa_t
*spa
)
1430 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
1432 spa_load_note(spa
, "UNLOADING");
1437 spa_async_suspend(spa
);
1442 if (spa
->spa_sync_on
) {
1443 txg_sync_stop(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
);
1444 spa
->spa_sync_on
= B_FALSE
;
1448 * Even though vdev_free() also calls vdev_metaslab_fini, we need
1449 * to call it earlier, before we wait for async i/o to complete.
1450 * This ensures that there is no async metaslab prefetching, by
1451 * calling taskq_wait(mg_taskq).
1453 if (spa
->spa_root_vdev
!= NULL
) {
1454 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
1455 for (int c
= 0; c
< spa
->spa_root_vdev
->vdev_children
; c
++)
1456 vdev_metaslab_fini(spa
->spa_root_vdev
->vdev_child
[c
]);
1457 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
1460 if (spa
->spa_mmp
.mmp_thread
)
1461 mmp_thread_stop(spa
);
1464 * Wait for any outstanding async I/O to complete.
1466 if (spa
->spa_async_zio_root
!= NULL
) {
1467 for (int i
= 0; i
< max_ncpus
; i
++)
1468 (void) zio_wait(spa
->spa_async_zio_root
[i
]);
1469 kmem_free(spa
->spa_async_zio_root
, max_ncpus
* sizeof (void *));
1470 spa
->spa_async_zio_root
= NULL
;
1473 if (spa
->spa_vdev_removal
!= NULL
) {
1474 spa_vdev_removal_destroy(spa
->spa_vdev_removal
);
1475 spa
->spa_vdev_removal
= NULL
;
1478 if (spa
->spa_condense_zthr
!= NULL
) {
1479 ASSERT(!zthr_isrunning(spa
->spa_condense_zthr
));
1480 zthr_destroy(spa
->spa_condense_zthr
);
1481 spa
->spa_condense_zthr
= NULL
;
1484 if (spa
->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr
!= NULL
) {
1485 ASSERT(!zthr_isrunning(spa
->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr
));
1486 zthr_destroy(spa
->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr
);
1487 spa
->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr
= NULL
;
1490 spa_condense_fini(spa
);
1492 bpobj_close(&spa
->spa_deferred_bpobj
);
1494 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
1499 if (spa
->spa_root_vdev
)
1500 vdev_free(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
1501 ASSERT(spa
->spa_root_vdev
== NULL
);
1504 * Close the dsl pool.
1506 if (spa
->spa_dsl_pool
) {
1507 dsl_pool_close(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
);
1508 spa
->spa_dsl_pool
= NULL
;
1509 spa
->spa_meta_objset
= NULL
;
1515 * Drop and purge level 2 cache
1517 spa_l2cache_drop(spa
);
1519 for (i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
; i
++)
1520 vdev_free(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
[i
]);
1521 if (spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
) {
1522 kmem_free(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
,
1523 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
* sizeof (void *));
1524 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
= NULL
;
1526 if (spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
) {
1527 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
);
1528 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
= NULL
;
1530 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
= 0;
1532 for (i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_count
; i
++) {
1533 vdev_clear_stats(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
[i
]);
1534 vdev_free(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
[i
]);
1536 if (spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
) {
1537 kmem_free(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
,
1538 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_count
* sizeof (void *));
1539 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
= NULL
;
1541 if (spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
) {
1542 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
);
1543 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
= NULL
;
1545 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_count
= 0;
1547 spa
->spa_async_suspended
= 0;
1549 spa
->spa_indirect_vdevs_loaded
= B_FALSE
;
1551 if (spa
->spa_comment
!= NULL
) {
1552 spa_strfree(spa
->spa_comment
);
1553 spa
->spa_comment
= NULL
;
1556 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
1560 * Load (or re-load) the current list of vdevs describing the active spares for
1561 * this pool. When this is called, we have some form of basic information in
1562 * 'spa_spares.sav_config'. We parse this into vdevs, try to open them, and
1563 * then re-generate a more complete list including status information.
1566 spa_load_spares(spa_t
*spa
)
1575 * zdb opens both the current state of the pool and the
1576 * checkpointed state (if present), with a different spa_t.
1578 * As spare vdevs are shared among open pools, we skip loading
1579 * them when we load the checkpointed state of the pool.
1581 if (!spa_writeable(spa
))
1585 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALL
, RW_WRITER
) == SCL_ALL
);
1588 * First, close and free any existing spare vdevs.
1590 for (i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
; i
++) {
1591 vd
= spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
[i
];
1593 /* Undo the call to spa_activate() below */
1594 if ((tvd
= spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, vd
->vdev_guid
,
1595 B_FALSE
)) != NULL
&& tvd
->vdev_isspare
)
1596 spa_spare_remove(tvd
);
1601 if (spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
)
1602 kmem_free(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
,
1603 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
* sizeof (void *));
1605 if (spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
== NULL
)
1608 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
,
1609 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, &spares
, &nspares
) == 0);
1611 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
= (int)nspares
;
1612 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
= NULL
;
1618 * Construct the array of vdevs, opening them to get status in the
1619 * process. For each spare, there is potentially two different vdev_t
1620 * structures associated with it: one in the list of spares (used only
1621 * for basic validation purposes) and one in the active vdev
1622 * configuration (if it's spared in). During this phase we open and
1623 * validate each vdev on the spare list. If the vdev also exists in the
1624 * active configuration, then we also mark this vdev as an active spare.
1626 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
= kmem_zalloc(nspares
* sizeof (void *),
1628 for (i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
; i
++) {
1629 VERIFY(spa_config_parse(spa
, &vd
, spares
[i
], NULL
, 0,
1630 VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE
) == 0);
1633 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
[i
] = vd
;
1635 if ((tvd
= spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, vd
->vdev_guid
,
1636 B_FALSE
)) != NULL
) {
1637 if (!tvd
->vdev_isspare
)
1641 * We only mark the spare active if we were successfully
1642 * able to load the vdev. Otherwise, importing a pool
1643 * with a bad active spare would result in strange
1644 * behavior, because multiple pool would think the spare
1645 * is actively in use.
1647 * There is a vulnerability here to an equally bizarre
1648 * circumstance, where a dead active spare is later
1649 * brought back to life (onlined or otherwise). Given
1650 * the rarity of this scenario, and the extra complexity
1651 * it adds, we ignore the possibility.
1653 if (!vdev_is_dead(tvd
))
1654 spa_spare_activate(tvd
);
1658 vd
->vdev_aux
= &spa
->spa_spares
;
1660 if (vdev_open(vd
) != 0)
1663 if (vdev_validate_aux(vd
) == 0)
1668 * Recompute the stashed list of spares, with status information
1671 VERIFY(nvlist_remove(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
,
1672 DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY
) == 0);
1674 spares
= kmem_alloc(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
* sizeof (void *),
1676 for (i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
; i
++)
1677 spares
[i
] = vdev_config_generate(spa
,
1678 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
[i
], B_TRUE
, VDEV_CONFIG_SPARE
);
1679 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
,
1680 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, spares
, spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
) == 0);
1681 for (i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
; i
++)
1682 nvlist_free(spares
[i
]);
1683 kmem_free(spares
, spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
* sizeof (void *));
1687 * Load (or re-load) the current list of vdevs describing the active l2cache for
1688 * this pool. When this is called, we have some form of basic information in
1689 * 'spa_l2cache.sav_config'. We parse this into vdevs, try to open them, and
1690 * then re-generate a more complete list including status information.
1691 * Devices which are already active have their details maintained, and are
1695 spa_load_l2cache(spa_t
*spa
)
1697 nvlist_t
**l2cache
= NULL
;
1699 int i
, j
, oldnvdevs
;
1701 vdev_t
*vd
, **oldvdevs
, **newvdevs
;
1702 spa_aux_vdev_t
*sav
= &spa
->spa_l2cache
;
1706 * zdb opens both the current state of the pool and the
1707 * checkpointed state (if present), with a different spa_t.
1709 * As L2 caches are part of the ARC which is shared among open
1710 * pools, we skip loading them when we load the checkpointed
1711 * state of the pool.
1713 if (!spa_writeable(spa
))
1717 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALL
, RW_WRITER
) == SCL_ALL
);
1719 oldvdevs
= sav
->sav_vdevs
;
1720 oldnvdevs
= sav
->sav_count
;
1721 sav
->sav_vdevs
= NULL
;
1724 if (sav
->sav_config
== NULL
) {
1730 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(sav
->sav_config
,
1731 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, &l2cache
, &nl2cache
) == 0);
1732 newvdevs
= kmem_alloc(nl2cache
* sizeof (void *), KM_SLEEP
);
1735 * Process new nvlist of vdevs.
1737 for (i
= 0; i
< nl2cache
; i
++) {
1738 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(l2cache
[i
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID
,
1742 for (j
= 0; j
< oldnvdevs
; j
++) {
1744 if (vd
!= NULL
&& guid
== vd
->vdev_guid
) {
1746 * Retain previous vdev for add/remove ops.
1754 if (newvdevs
[i
] == NULL
) {
1758 VERIFY(spa_config_parse(spa
, &vd
, l2cache
[i
], NULL
, 0,
1759 VDEV_ALLOC_L2CACHE
) == 0);
1764 * Commit this vdev as an l2cache device,
1765 * even if it fails to open.
1767 spa_l2cache_add(vd
);
1772 spa_l2cache_activate(vd
);
1774 if (vdev_open(vd
) != 0)
1777 (void) vdev_validate_aux(vd
);
1779 if (!vdev_is_dead(vd
))
1780 l2arc_add_vdev(spa
, vd
);
1784 sav
->sav_vdevs
= newvdevs
;
1785 sav
->sav_count
= (int)nl2cache
;
1788 * Recompute the stashed list of l2cache devices, with status
1789 * information this time.
1791 VERIFY(nvlist_remove(sav
->sav_config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
,
1792 DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY
) == 0);
1794 if (sav
->sav_count
> 0)
1795 l2cache
= kmem_alloc(sav
->sav_count
* sizeof (void *),
1797 for (i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_count
; i
++)
1798 l2cache
[i
] = vdev_config_generate(spa
,
1799 sav
->sav_vdevs
[i
], B_TRUE
, VDEV_CONFIG_L2CACHE
);
1800 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(sav
->sav_config
,
1801 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, l2cache
, sav
->sav_count
) == 0);
1805 * Purge vdevs that were dropped
1807 for (i
= 0; i
< oldnvdevs
; i
++) {
1812 ASSERT(vd
->vdev_isl2cache
);
1814 if (spa_l2cache_exists(vd
->vdev_guid
, &pool
) &&
1815 pool
!= 0ULL && l2arc_vdev_present(vd
))
1816 l2arc_remove_vdev(vd
);
1817 vdev_clear_stats(vd
);
1823 kmem_free(oldvdevs
, oldnvdevs
* sizeof (void *));
1825 for (i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_count
; i
++)
1826 nvlist_free(l2cache
[i
]);
1828 kmem_free(l2cache
, sav
->sav_count
* sizeof (void *));
1832 load_nvlist(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t obj
, nvlist_t
**value
)
1835 char *packed
= NULL
;
1840 error
= dmu_bonus_hold(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, obj
, FTAG
, &db
);
1844 nvsize
= *(uint64_t *)db
->db_data
;
1845 dmu_buf_rele(db
, FTAG
);
1847 packed
= vmem_alloc(nvsize
, KM_SLEEP
);
1848 error
= dmu_read(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, obj
, 0, nvsize
, packed
,
1851 error
= nvlist_unpack(packed
, nvsize
, value
, 0);
1852 vmem_free(packed
, nvsize
);
1858 * Concrete top-level vdevs that are not missing and are not logs. At every
1859 * spa_sync we write new uberblocks to at least SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS core tvds.
1862 spa_healthy_core_tvds(spa_t
*spa
)
1864 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
1867 for (uint64_t i
= 0; i
< rvd
->vdev_children
; i
++) {
1868 vdev_t
*vd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[i
];
1871 if (vdev_is_concrete(vd
) && !vdev_is_dead(vd
))
1879 * Checks to see if the given vdev could not be opened, in which case we post a
1880 * sysevent to notify the autoreplace code that the device has been removed.
1883 spa_check_removed(vdev_t
*vd
)
1885 for (uint64_t c
= 0; c
< vd
->vdev_children
; c
++)
1886 spa_check_removed(vd
->vdev_child
[c
]);
1888 if (vd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
&& vdev_is_dead(vd
) &&
1889 vdev_is_concrete(vd
)) {
1890 zfs_post_autoreplace(vd
->vdev_spa
, vd
);
1891 spa_event_notify(vd
->vdev_spa
, vd
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_CHECK
);
1896 spa_check_for_missing_logs(spa_t
*spa
)
1898 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
1901 * If we're doing a normal import, then build up any additional
1902 * diagnostic information about missing log devices.
1903 * We'll pass this up to the user for further processing.
1905 if (!(spa
->spa_import_flags
& ZFS_IMPORT_MISSING_LOG
)) {
1906 nvlist_t
**child
, *nv
;
1909 child
= kmem_alloc(rvd
->vdev_children
* sizeof (nvlist_t
*),
1911 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nv
, NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
) == 0);
1913 for (uint64_t c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
1914 vdev_t
*tvd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
1917 * We consider a device as missing only if it failed
1918 * to open (i.e. offline or faulted is not considered
1921 if (tvd
->vdev_islog
&&
1922 tvd
->vdev_state
== VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN
) {
1923 child
[idx
++] = vdev_config_generate(spa
, tvd
,
1924 B_FALSE
, VDEV_CONFIG_MISSING
);
1929 fnvlist_add_nvlist_array(nv
,
1930 ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN
, child
, idx
);
1931 fnvlist_add_nvlist(spa
->spa_load_info
,
1932 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MISSING_DEVICES
, nv
);
1934 for (uint64_t i
= 0; i
< idx
; i
++)
1935 nvlist_free(child
[i
]);
1938 kmem_free(child
, rvd
->vdev_children
* sizeof (char **));
1941 spa_load_failed(spa
, "some log devices are missing");
1942 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd
, 2);
1943 return (SET_ERROR(ENXIO
));
1946 for (uint64_t c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
1947 vdev_t
*tvd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
1949 if (tvd
->vdev_islog
&&
1950 tvd
->vdev_state
== VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN
) {
1951 spa_set_log_state(spa
, SPA_LOG_CLEAR
);
1952 spa_load_note(spa
, "some log devices are "
1953 "missing, ZIL is dropped.");
1954 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd
, 2);
1964 * Check for missing log devices
1967 spa_check_logs(spa_t
*spa
)
1969 boolean_t rv
= B_FALSE
;
1970 dsl_pool_t
*dp
= spa_get_dsl(spa
);
1972 switch (spa
->spa_log_state
) {
1975 case SPA_LOG_MISSING
:
1976 /* need to recheck in case slog has been restored */
1977 case SPA_LOG_UNKNOWN
:
1978 rv
= (dmu_objset_find_dp(dp
, dp
->dp_root_dir_obj
,
1979 zil_check_log_chain
, NULL
, DS_FIND_CHILDREN
) != 0);
1981 spa_set_log_state(spa
, SPA_LOG_MISSING
);
1988 spa_passivate_log(spa_t
*spa
)
1990 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
1991 boolean_t slog_found
= B_FALSE
;
1993 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALLOC
, RW_WRITER
));
1995 if (!spa_has_slogs(spa
))
1998 for (int c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
1999 vdev_t
*tvd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
2000 metaslab_group_t
*mg
= tvd
->vdev_mg
;
2002 if (tvd
->vdev_islog
) {
2003 metaslab_group_passivate(mg
);
2004 slog_found
= B_TRUE
;
2008 return (slog_found
);
2012 spa_activate_log(spa_t
*spa
)
2014 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
2016 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALLOC
, RW_WRITER
));
2018 for (int c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
2019 vdev_t
*tvd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
2020 metaslab_group_t
*mg
= tvd
->vdev_mg
;
2022 if (tvd
->vdev_islog
)
2023 metaslab_group_activate(mg
);
2028 spa_reset_logs(spa_t
*spa
)
2032 error
= dmu_objset_find(spa_name(spa
), zil_reset
,
2033 NULL
, DS_FIND_CHILDREN
);
2036 * We successfully offlined the log device, sync out the
2037 * current txg so that the "stubby" block can be removed
2040 txg_wait_synced(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, 0);
2046 spa_aux_check_removed(spa_aux_vdev_t
*sav
)
2048 for (int i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_count
; i
++)
2049 spa_check_removed(sav
->sav_vdevs
[i
]);
2053 spa_claim_notify(zio_t
*zio
)
2055 spa_t
*spa
= zio
->io_spa
;
2060 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_props_lock
); /* any mutex will do */
2061 if (spa
->spa_claim_max_txg
< zio
->io_bp
->blk_birth
)
2062 spa
->spa_claim_max_txg
= zio
->io_bp
->blk_birth
;
2063 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_props_lock
);
2066 typedef struct spa_load_error
{
2067 uint64_t sle_meta_count
;
2068 uint64_t sle_data_count
;
2072 spa_load_verify_done(zio_t
*zio
)
2074 blkptr_t
*bp
= zio
->io_bp
;
2075 spa_load_error_t
*sle
= zio
->io_private
;
2076 dmu_object_type_t type
= BP_GET_TYPE(bp
);
2077 int error
= zio
->io_error
;
2078 spa_t
*spa
= zio
->io_spa
;
2080 abd_free(zio
->io_abd
);
2082 if ((BP_GET_LEVEL(bp
) != 0 || DMU_OT_IS_METADATA(type
)) &&
2083 type
!= DMU_OT_INTENT_LOG
)
2084 atomic_inc_64(&sle
->sle_meta_count
);
2086 atomic_inc_64(&sle
->sle_data_count
);
2089 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_scrub_lock
);
2090 spa
->spa_load_verify_ios
--;
2091 cv_broadcast(&spa
->spa_scrub_io_cv
);
2092 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_scrub_lock
);
2096 * Maximum number of concurrent scrub i/os to create while verifying
2097 * a pool while importing it.
2099 int spa_load_verify_maxinflight
= 10000;
2100 int spa_load_verify_metadata
= B_TRUE
;
2101 int spa_load_verify_data
= B_TRUE
;
2105 spa_load_verify_cb(spa_t
*spa
, zilog_t
*zilog
, const blkptr_t
*bp
,
2106 const zbookmark_phys_t
*zb
, const dnode_phys_t
*dnp
, void *arg
)
2108 if (bp
== NULL
|| BP_IS_HOLE(bp
) || BP_IS_EMBEDDED(bp
))
2111 * Note: normally this routine will not be called if
2112 * spa_load_verify_metadata is not set. However, it may be useful
2113 * to manually set the flag after the traversal has begun.
2115 if (!spa_load_verify_metadata
)
2117 if (!BP_IS_METADATA(bp
) && !spa_load_verify_data
)
2121 size_t size
= BP_GET_PSIZE(bp
);
2123 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_scrub_lock
);
2124 while (spa
->spa_load_verify_ios
>= spa_load_verify_maxinflight
)
2125 cv_wait(&spa
->spa_scrub_io_cv
, &spa
->spa_scrub_lock
);
2126 spa
->spa_load_verify_ios
++;
2127 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_scrub_lock
);
2129 zio_nowait(zio_read(rio
, spa
, bp
, abd_alloc_for_io(size
, B_FALSE
), size
,
2130 spa_load_verify_done
, rio
->io_private
, ZIO_PRIORITY_SCRUB
,
2131 ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE
| ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL
|
2132 ZIO_FLAG_SCRUB
| ZIO_FLAG_RAW
, zb
));
2138 verify_dataset_name_len(dsl_pool_t
*dp
, dsl_dataset_t
*ds
, void *arg
)
2140 if (dsl_dataset_namelen(ds
) >= ZFS_MAX_DATASET_NAME_LEN
)
2141 return (SET_ERROR(ENAMETOOLONG
));
2147 spa_load_verify(spa_t
*spa
)
2150 spa_load_error_t sle
= { 0 };
2151 zpool_load_policy_t policy
;
2152 boolean_t verify_ok
= B_FALSE
;
2155 zpool_get_load_policy(spa
->spa_config
, &policy
);
2157 if (policy
.zlp_rewind
& ZPOOL_NEVER_REWIND
)
2160 dsl_pool_config_enter(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, FTAG
);
2161 error
= dmu_objset_find_dp(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
,
2162 spa
->spa_dsl_pool
->dp_root_dir_obj
, verify_dataset_name_len
, NULL
,
2164 dsl_pool_config_exit(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, FTAG
);
2168 rio
= zio_root(spa
, NULL
, &sle
,
2169 ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL
| ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE
);
2171 if (spa_load_verify_metadata
) {
2172 if (spa
->spa_extreme_rewind
) {
2173 spa_load_note(spa
, "performing a complete scan of the "
2174 "pool since extreme rewind is on. This may take "
2175 "a very long time.\n (spa_load_verify_data=%u, "
2176 "spa_load_verify_metadata=%u)",
2177 spa_load_verify_data
, spa_load_verify_metadata
);
2179 error
= traverse_pool(spa
, spa
->spa_verify_min_txg
,
2180 TRAVERSE_PRE
| TRAVERSE_PREFETCH_METADATA
|
2181 TRAVERSE_NO_DECRYPT
, spa_load_verify_cb
, rio
);
2184 (void) zio_wait(rio
);
2186 spa
->spa_load_meta_errors
= sle
.sle_meta_count
;
2187 spa
->spa_load_data_errors
= sle
.sle_data_count
;
2189 if (sle
.sle_meta_count
!= 0 || sle
.sle_data_count
!= 0) {
2190 spa_load_note(spa
, "spa_load_verify found %llu metadata errors "
2191 "and %llu data errors", (u_longlong_t
)sle
.sle_meta_count
,
2192 (u_longlong_t
)sle
.sle_data_count
);
2195 if (spa_load_verify_dryrun
||
2196 (!error
&& sle
.sle_meta_count
<= policy
.zlp_maxmeta
&&
2197 sle
.sle_data_count
<= policy
.zlp_maxdata
)) {
2201 spa
->spa_load_txg
= spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
;
2202 spa
->spa_load_txg_ts
= spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_timestamp
;
2204 loss
= spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg_ts
- spa
->spa_load_txg_ts
;
2205 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
2206 ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_TIME
, spa
->spa_load_txg_ts
) == 0);
2207 VERIFY(nvlist_add_int64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
2208 ZPOOL_CONFIG_REWIND_TIME
, loss
) == 0);
2209 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
2210 ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_DATA_ERRORS
, sle
.sle_data_count
) == 0);
2212 spa
->spa_load_max_txg
= spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
;
2215 if (spa_load_verify_dryrun
)
2219 if (error
!= ENXIO
&& error
!= EIO
)
2220 error
= SET_ERROR(EIO
);
2224 return (verify_ok
? 0 : EIO
);
2228 * Find a value in the pool props object.
2231 spa_prop_find(spa_t
*spa
, zpool_prop_t prop
, uint64_t *val
)
2233 (void) zap_lookup(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, spa
->spa_pool_props_object
,
2234 zpool_prop_to_name(prop
), sizeof (uint64_t), 1, val
);
2238 * Find a value in the pool directory object.
2241 spa_dir_prop(spa_t
*spa
, const char *name
, uint64_t *val
, boolean_t log_enoent
)
2243 int error
= zap_lookup(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
,
2244 name
, sizeof (uint64_t), 1, val
);
2246 if (error
!= 0 && (error
!= ENOENT
|| log_enoent
)) {
2247 spa_load_failed(spa
, "couldn't get '%s' value in MOS directory "
2248 "[error=%d]", name
, error
);
2255 spa_vdev_err(vdev_t
*vdev
, vdev_aux_t aux
, int err
)
2257 vdev_set_state(vdev
, B_TRUE
, VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN
, aux
);
2258 return (SET_ERROR(err
));
2262 spa_spawn_aux_threads(spa_t
*spa
)
2264 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
2266 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
2268 spa_start_indirect_condensing_thread(spa
);
2270 ASSERT3P(spa
->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr
, ==, NULL
);
2271 spa
->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr
=
2272 zthr_create(spa_checkpoint_discard_thread_check
,
2273 spa_checkpoint_discard_thread
, spa
);
2277 * Fix up config after a partly-completed split. This is done with the
2278 * ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT nvlist. Both the splitting pool and the split-off
2279 * pool have that entry in their config, but only the splitting one contains
2280 * a list of all the guids of the vdevs that are being split off.
2282 * This function determines what to do with that list: either rejoin
2283 * all the disks to the pool, or complete the splitting process. To attempt
2284 * the rejoin, each disk that is offlined is marked online again, and
2285 * we do a reopen() call. If the vdev label for every disk that was
2286 * marked online indicates it was successfully split off (VDEV_AUX_SPLIT_POOL)
2287 * then we call vdev_split() on each disk, and complete the split.
2289 * Otherwise we leave the config alone, with all the vdevs in place in
2290 * the original pool.
2293 spa_try_repair(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*config
)
2300 boolean_t attempt_reopen
;
2302 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT
, &nvl
) != 0)
2305 /* check that the config is complete */
2306 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(nvl
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT_LIST
,
2307 &glist
, &gcount
) != 0)
2310 vd
= kmem_zalloc(gcount
* sizeof (vdev_t
*), KM_SLEEP
);
2312 /* attempt to online all the vdevs & validate */
2313 attempt_reopen
= B_TRUE
;
2314 for (i
= 0; i
< gcount
; i
++) {
2315 if (glist
[i
] == 0) /* vdev is hole */
2318 vd
[i
] = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, glist
[i
], B_FALSE
);
2319 if (vd
[i
] == NULL
) {
2321 * Don't bother attempting to reopen the disks;
2322 * just do the split.
2324 attempt_reopen
= B_FALSE
;
2326 /* attempt to re-online it */
2327 vd
[i
]->vdev_offline
= B_FALSE
;
2331 if (attempt_reopen
) {
2332 vdev_reopen(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
2334 /* check each device to see what state it's in */
2335 for (extracted
= 0, i
= 0; i
< gcount
; i
++) {
2336 if (vd
[i
] != NULL
&&
2337 vd
[i
]->vdev_stat
.vs_aux
!= VDEV_AUX_SPLIT_POOL
)
2344 * If every disk has been moved to the new pool, or if we never
2345 * even attempted to look at them, then we split them off for
2348 if (!attempt_reopen
|| gcount
== extracted
) {
2349 for (i
= 0; i
< gcount
; i
++)
2352 vdev_reopen(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
2355 kmem_free(vd
, gcount
* sizeof (vdev_t
*));
2359 spa_load(spa_t
*spa
, spa_load_state_t state
, spa_import_type_t type
)
2361 char *ereport
= FM_EREPORT_ZFS_POOL
;
2364 spa
->spa_load_state
= state
;
2366 gethrestime(&spa
->spa_loaded_ts
);
2367 error
= spa_load_impl(spa
, type
, &ereport
);
2370 * Don't count references from objsets that are already closed
2371 * and are making their way through the eviction process.
2373 spa_evicting_os_wait(spa
);
2374 spa
->spa_minref
= zfs_refcount_count(&spa
->spa_refcount
);
2376 if (error
!= EEXIST
) {
2377 spa
->spa_loaded_ts
.tv_sec
= 0;
2378 spa
->spa_loaded_ts
.tv_nsec
= 0;
2380 if (error
!= EBADF
) {
2381 zfs_ereport_post(ereport
, spa
, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, 0, 0);
2384 spa
->spa_load_state
= error
? SPA_LOAD_ERROR
: SPA_LOAD_NONE
;
2392 * Count the number of per-vdev ZAPs associated with all of the vdevs in the
2393 * vdev tree rooted in the given vd, and ensure that each ZAP is present in the
2394 * spa's per-vdev ZAP list.
2397 vdev_count_verify_zaps(vdev_t
*vd
)
2399 spa_t
*spa
= vd
->vdev_spa
;
2402 if (vd
->vdev_top_zap
!= 0) {
2404 ASSERT0(zap_lookup_int(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
2405 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
, vd
->vdev_top_zap
));
2407 if (vd
->vdev_leaf_zap
!= 0) {
2409 ASSERT0(zap_lookup_int(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
2410 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
, vd
->vdev_leaf_zap
));
2413 for (uint64_t i
= 0; i
< vd
->vdev_children
; i
++) {
2414 total
+= vdev_count_verify_zaps(vd
->vdev_child
[i
]);
2422 * Determine whether the activity check is required.
2425 spa_activity_check_required(spa_t
*spa
, uberblock_t
*ub
, nvlist_t
*label
,
2429 uint64_t hostid
= 0;
2430 uint64_t tryconfig_txg
= 0;
2431 uint64_t tryconfig_timestamp
= 0;
2434 if (nvlist_exists(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO
)) {
2435 nvinfo
= fnvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO
);
2436 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(nvinfo
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG
,
2438 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_TIMESTAMP
,
2439 &tryconfig_timestamp
);
2442 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE
, &state
);
2445 * Disable the MMP activity check - This is used by zdb which
2446 * is intended to be used on potentially active pools.
2448 if (spa
->spa_import_flags
& ZFS_IMPORT_SKIP_MMP
)
2452 * Skip the activity check when the MMP feature is disabled.
2454 if (ub
->ub_mmp_magic
== MMP_MAGIC
&& ub
->ub_mmp_delay
== 0)
2457 * If the tryconfig_* values are nonzero, they are the results of an
2458 * earlier tryimport. If they match the uberblock we just found, then
2459 * the pool has not changed and we return false so we do not test a
2462 if (tryconfig_txg
&& tryconfig_txg
== ub
->ub_txg
&&
2463 tryconfig_timestamp
&& tryconfig_timestamp
== ub
->ub_timestamp
)
2467 * Allow the activity check to be skipped when importing the pool
2468 * on the same host which last imported it. Since the hostid from
2469 * configuration may be stale use the one read from the label.
2471 if (nvlist_exists(label
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID
))
2472 hostid
= fnvlist_lookup_uint64(label
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID
);
2474 if (hostid
== spa_get_hostid())
2478 * Skip the activity test when the pool was cleanly exported.
2480 if (state
!= POOL_STATE_ACTIVE
)
2487 * Perform the import activity check. If the user canceled the import or
2488 * we detected activity then fail.
2491 spa_activity_check(spa_t
*spa
, uberblock_t
*ub
, nvlist_t
*config
)
2493 uint64_t import_intervals
= MAX(zfs_multihost_import_intervals
, 1);
2494 uint64_t txg
= ub
->ub_txg
;
2495 uint64_t timestamp
= ub
->ub_timestamp
;
2496 uint64_t import_delay
= NANOSEC
;
2497 hrtime_t import_expire
;
2498 nvlist_t
*mmp_label
= NULL
;
2499 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
2504 cv_init(&cv
, NULL
, CV_DEFAULT
, NULL
);
2505 mutex_init(&mtx
, NULL
, MUTEX_DEFAULT
, NULL
);
2509 * If ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG is present an activity check was performed
2510 * during the earlier tryimport. If the txg recorded there is 0 then
2511 * the pool is known to be active on another host.
2513 * Otherwise, the pool might be in use on another node. Check for
2514 * changes in the uberblocks on disk if necessary.
2516 if (nvlist_exists(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO
)) {
2517 nvlist_t
*nvinfo
= fnvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
,
2518 ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO
);
2520 if (nvlist_exists(nvinfo
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG
) &&
2521 fnvlist_lookup_uint64(nvinfo
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG
) == 0) {
2522 vdev_uberblock_load(rvd
, ub
, &mmp_label
);
2523 error
= SET_ERROR(EREMOTEIO
);
2529 * Preferentially use the zfs_multihost_interval from the node which
2530 * last imported the pool. This value is stored in an MMP uberblock as.
2532 * ub_mmp_delay * vdev_count_leaves() == zfs_multihost_interval
2534 if (ub
->ub_mmp_magic
== MMP_MAGIC
&& ub
->ub_mmp_delay
)
2535 import_delay
= MAX(import_delay
, import_intervals
*
2536 ub
->ub_mmp_delay
* MAX(vdev_count_leaves(spa
), 1));
2538 /* Apply a floor using the local default values. */
2539 import_delay
= MAX(import_delay
, import_intervals
*
2540 MSEC2NSEC(MAX(zfs_multihost_interval
, MMP_MIN_INTERVAL
)));
2542 zfs_dbgmsg("import_delay=%llu ub_mmp_delay=%llu import_intervals=%u "
2543 "leaves=%u", import_delay
, ub
->ub_mmp_delay
, import_intervals
,
2544 vdev_count_leaves(spa
));
2546 /* Add a small random factor in case of simultaneous imports (0-25%) */
2547 import_expire
= gethrtime() + import_delay
+
2548 (import_delay
* spa_get_random(250) / 1000);
2550 while (gethrtime() < import_expire
) {
2551 vdev_uberblock_load(rvd
, ub
, &mmp_label
);
2553 if (txg
!= ub
->ub_txg
|| timestamp
!= ub
->ub_timestamp
) {
2554 error
= SET_ERROR(EREMOTEIO
);
2559 nvlist_free(mmp_label
);
2563 error
= cv_timedwait_sig(&cv
, &mtx
, ddi_get_lbolt() + hz
);
2565 error
= SET_ERROR(EINTR
);
2573 mutex_destroy(&mtx
);
2577 * If the pool is determined to be active store the status in the
2578 * spa->spa_load_info nvlist. If the remote hostname or hostid are
2579 * available from configuration read from disk store them as well.
2580 * This allows 'zpool import' to generate a more useful message.
2582 * ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE - observed pool status (mandatory)
2583 * ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_HOSTNAME - hostname from the active pool
2584 * ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_HOSTID - hostid from the active pool
2586 if (error
== EREMOTEIO
) {
2587 char *hostname
= "<unknown>";
2588 uint64_t hostid
= 0;
2591 if (nvlist_exists(mmp_label
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTNAME
)) {
2592 hostname
= fnvlist_lookup_string(mmp_label
,
2593 ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTNAME
);
2594 fnvlist_add_string(spa
->spa_load_info
,
2595 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_HOSTNAME
, hostname
);
2598 if (nvlist_exists(mmp_label
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID
)) {
2599 hostid
= fnvlist_lookup_uint64(mmp_label
,
2600 ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID
);
2601 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
2602 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_HOSTID
, hostid
);
2606 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
2607 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE
, MMP_STATE_ACTIVE
);
2608 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
2609 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG
, 0);
2611 error
= spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_ACTIVE
, EREMOTEIO
);
2615 nvlist_free(mmp_label
);
2621 spa_verify_host(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*mos_config
)
2625 uint64_t myhostid
= 0;
2627 if (!spa_is_root(spa
) && nvlist_lookup_uint64(mos_config
,
2628 ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID
, &hostid
) == 0) {
2629 hostname
= fnvlist_lookup_string(mos_config
,
2630 ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTNAME
);
2632 myhostid
= zone_get_hostid(NULL
);
2634 if (hostid
!= 0 && myhostid
!= 0 && hostid
!= myhostid
) {
2635 cmn_err(CE_WARN
, "pool '%s' could not be "
2636 "loaded as it was last accessed by "
2637 "another system (host: %s hostid: 0x%llx). "
2638 "See: http://illumos.org/msg/ZFS-8000-EY",
2639 spa_name(spa
), hostname
, (u_longlong_t
)hostid
);
2640 spa_load_failed(spa
, "hostid verification failed: pool "
2641 "last accessed by host: %s (hostid: 0x%llx)",
2642 hostname
, (u_longlong_t
)hostid
);
2643 return (SET_ERROR(EBADF
));
2651 spa_ld_parse_config(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
)
2654 nvlist_t
*nvtree
, *nvl
, *config
= spa
->spa_config
;
2661 * Versioning wasn't explicitly added to the label until later, so if
2662 * it's not present treat it as the initial version.
2664 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION
,
2665 &spa
->spa_ubsync
.ub_version
) != 0)
2666 spa
->spa_ubsync
.ub_version
= SPA_VERSION_INITIAL
;
2668 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID
, &pool_guid
)) {
2669 spa_load_failed(spa
, "invalid config provided: '%s' missing",
2670 ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID
);
2671 return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL
));
2675 * If we are doing an import, ensure that the pool is not already
2676 * imported by checking if its pool guid already exists in the
2679 * The only case that we allow an already imported pool to be
2680 * imported again, is when the pool is checkpointed and we want to
2681 * look at its checkpointed state from userland tools like zdb.
2684 if ((spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_IMPORT
||
2685 spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
) &&
2686 spa_guid_exists(pool_guid
, 0)) {
2688 if ((spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_IMPORT
||
2689 spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
) &&
2690 spa_guid_exists(pool_guid
, 0) &&
2691 !spa_importing_readonly_checkpoint(spa
)) {
2693 spa_load_failed(spa
, "a pool with guid %llu is already open",
2694 (u_longlong_t
)pool_guid
);
2695 return (SET_ERROR(EEXIST
));
2698 spa
->spa_config_guid
= pool_guid
;
2700 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_load_info
);
2701 spa
->spa_load_info
= fnvlist_alloc();
2703 ASSERT(spa
->spa_comment
== NULL
);
2704 if (nvlist_lookup_string(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_COMMENT
, &comment
) == 0)
2705 spa
->spa_comment
= spa_strdup(comment
);
2707 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG
,
2708 &spa
->spa_config_txg
);
2710 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT
, &nvl
) == 0)
2711 spa
->spa_config_splitting
= fnvlist_dup(nvl
);
2713 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE
, &nvtree
)) {
2714 spa_load_failed(spa
, "invalid config provided: '%s' missing",
2715 ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE
);
2716 return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL
));
2720 * Create "The Godfather" zio to hold all async IOs
2722 spa
->spa_async_zio_root
= kmem_alloc(max_ncpus
* sizeof (void *),
2724 for (int i
= 0; i
< max_ncpus
; i
++) {
2725 spa
->spa_async_zio_root
[i
] = zio_root(spa
, NULL
, NULL
,
2726 ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL
| ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE
|
2727 ZIO_FLAG_GODFATHER
);
2731 * Parse the configuration into a vdev tree. We explicitly set the
2732 * value that will be returned by spa_version() since parsing the
2733 * configuration requires knowing the version number.
2735 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
2736 parse
= (type
== SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING
?
2737 VDEV_ALLOC_LOAD
: VDEV_ALLOC_SPLIT
);
2738 error
= spa_config_parse(spa
, &rvd
, nvtree
, NULL
, 0, parse
);
2739 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
2742 spa_load_failed(spa
, "unable to parse config [error=%d]",
2747 ASSERT(spa
->spa_root_vdev
== rvd
);
2748 ASSERT3U(spa
->spa_min_ashift
, >=, SPA_MINBLOCKSHIFT
);
2749 ASSERT3U(spa
->spa_max_ashift
, <=, SPA_MAXBLOCKSHIFT
);
2751 if (type
!= SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
) {
2752 ASSERT(spa_guid(spa
) == pool_guid
);
2759 * Recursively open all vdevs in the vdev tree. This function is called twice:
2760 * first with the untrusted config, then with the trusted config.
2763 spa_ld_open_vdevs(spa_t
*spa
)
2768 * spa_missing_tvds_allowed defines how many top-level vdevs can be
2769 * missing/unopenable for the root vdev to be still considered openable.
2771 if (spa
->spa_trust_config
) {
2772 spa
->spa_missing_tvds_allowed
= zfs_max_missing_tvds
;
2773 } else if (spa
->spa_config_source
== SPA_CONFIG_SRC_CACHEFILE
) {
2774 spa
->spa_missing_tvds_allowed
= zfs_max_missing_tvds_cachefile
;
2775 } else if (spa
->spa_config_source
== SPA_CONFIG_SRC_SCAN
) {
2776 spa
->spa_missing_tvds_allowed
= zfs_max_missing_tvds_scan
;
2778 spa
->spa_missing_tvds_allowed
= 0;
2781 spa
->spa_missing_tvds_allowed
=
2782 MAX(zfs_max_missing_tvds
, spa
->spa_missing_tvds_allowed
);
2784 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
2785 error
= vdev_open(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
2786 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
2788 if (spa
->spa_missing_tvds
!= 0) {
2789 spa_load_note(spa
, "vdev tree has %lld missing top-level "
2790 "vdevs.", (u_longlong_t
)spa
->spa_missing_tvds
);
2791 if (spa
->spa_trust_config
&& (spa
->spa_mode
& FWRITE
)) {
2793 * Although theoretically we could allow users to open
2794 * incomplete pools in RW mode, we'd need to add a lot
2795 * of extra logic (e.g. adjust pool space to account
2796 * for missing vdevs).
2797 * This limitation also prevents users from accidentally
2798 * opening the pool in RW mode during data recovery and
2799 * damaging it further.
2801 spa_load_note(spa
, "pools with missing top-level "
2802 "vdevs can only be opened in read-only mode.");
2803 error
= SET_ERROR(ENXIO
);
2805 spa_load_note(spa
, "current settings allow for maximum "
2806 "%lld missing top-level vdevs at this stage.",
2807 (u_longlong_t
)spa
->spa_missing_tvds_allowed
);
2811 spa_load_failed(spa
, "unable to open vdev tree [error=%d]",
2814 if (spa
->spa_missing_tvds
!= 0 || error
!= 0)
2815 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(spa
->spa_root_vdev
, 2);
2821 * We need to validate the vdev labels against the configuration that
2822 * we have in hand. This function is called twice: first with an untrusted
2823 * config, then with a trusted config. The validation is more strict when the
2824 * config is trusted.
2827 spa_ld_validate_vdevs(spa_t
*spa
)
2830 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
2832 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
2833 error
= vdev_validate(rvd
);
2834 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
2837 spa_load_failed(spa
, "vdev_validate failed [error=%d]", error
);
2841 if (rvd
->vdev_state
<= VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN
) {
2842 spa_load_failed(spa
, "cannot open vdev tree after invalidating "
2844 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd
, 2);
2845 return (SET_ERROR(ENXIO
));
2852 spa_ld_select_uberblock_done(spa_t
*spa
, uberblock_t
*ub
)
2854 spa
->spa_state
= POOL_STATE_ACTIVE
;
2855 spa
->spa_ubsync
= spa
->spa_uberblock
;
2856 spa
->spa_verify_min_txg
= spa
->spa_extreme_rewind
?
2857 TXG_INITIAL
- 1 : spa_last_synced_txg(spa
) - TXG_DEFER_SIZE
- 1;
2858 spa
->spa_first_txg
= spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg
?
2859 spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg
: spa_last_synced_txg(spa
) + 1;
2860 spa
->spa_claim_max_txg
= spa
->spa_first_txg
;
2861 spa
->spa_prev_software_version
= ub
->ub_software_version
;
2865 spa_ld_select_uberblock(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
)
2867 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
2869 uberblock_t
*ub
= &spa
->spa_uberblock
;
2870 boolean_t activity_check
= B_FALSE
;
2873 * If we are opening the checkpointed state of the pool by
2874 * rewinding to it, at this point we will have written the
2875 * checkpointed uberblock to the vdev labels, so searching
2876 * the labels will find the right uberblock. However, if
2877 * we are opening the checkpointed state read-only, we have
2878 * not modified the labels. Therefore, we must ignore the
2879 * labels and continue using the spa_uberblock that was set
2880 * by spa_ld_checkpoint_rewind.
2882 * Note that it would be fine to ignore the labels when
2883 * rewinding (opening writeable) as well. However, if we
2884 * crash just after writing the labels, we will end up
2885 * searching the labels. Doing so in the common case means
2886 * that this code path gets exercised normally, rather than
2887 * just in the edge case.
2889 if (ub
->ub_checkpoint_txg
!= 0 &&
2890 spa_importing_readonly_checkpoint(spa
)) {
2891 spa_ld_select_uberblock_done(spa
, ub
);
2896 * Find the best uberblock.
2898 vdev_uberblock_load(rvd
, ub
, &label
);
2901 * If we weren't able to find a single valid uberblock, return failure.
2903 if (ub
->ub_txg
== 0) {
2905 spa_load_failed(spa
, "no valid uberblock found");
2906 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, ENXIO
));
2909 spa_load_note(spa
, "using uberblock with txg=%llu",
2910 (u_longlong_t
)ub
->ub_txg
);
2914 * For pools which have the multihost property on determine if the
2915 * pool is truly inactive and can be safely imported. Prevent
2916 * hosts which don't have a hostid set from importing the pool.
2918 activity_check
= spa_activity_check_required(spa
, ub
, label
,
2920 if (activity_check
) {
2921 if (ub
->ub_mmp_magic
== MMP_MAGIC
&& ub
->ub_mmp_delay
&&
2922 spa_get_hostid() == 0) {
2924 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
2925 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE
, MMP_STATE_NO_HOSTID
);
2926 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_ACTIVE
, EREMOTEIO
));
2929 int error
= spa_activity_check(spa
, ub
, spa
->spa_config
);
2935 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
2936 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE
, MMP_STATE_INACTIVE
);
2937 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
2938 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG
, ub
->ub_txg
);
2942 * If the pool has an unsupported version we can't open it.
2944 if (!SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(ub
->ub_version
)) {
2946 spa_load_failed(spa
, "version %llu is not supported",
2947 (u_longlong_t
)ub
->ub_version
);
2948 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_VERSION_NEWER
, ENOTSUP
));
2951 if (ub
->ub_version
>= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES
) {
2955 * If we weren't able to find what's necessary for reading the
2956 * MOS in the label, return failure.
2958 if (label
== NULL
) {
2959 spa_load_failed(spa
, "label config unavailable");
2960 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
,
2964 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(label
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_FEATURES_FOR_READ
,
2967 spa_load_failed(spa
, "invalid label: '%s' missing",
2968 ZPOOL_CONFIG_FEATURES_FOR_READ
);
2969 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
,
2974 * Update our in-core representation with the definitive values
2977 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_label_features
);
2978 VERIFY(nvlist_dup(features
, &spa
->spa_label_features
, 0) == 0);
2984 * Look through entries in the label nvlist's features_for_read. If
2985 * there is a feature listed there which we don't understand then we
2986 * cannot open a pool.
2988 if (ub
->ub_version
>= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES
) {
2989 nvlist_t
*unsup_feat
;
2991 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&unsup_feat
, NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
) ==
2994 for (nvpair_t
*nvp
= nvlist_next_nvpair(spa
->spa_label_features
,
2996 nvp
= nvlist_next_nvpair(spa
->spa_label_features
, nvp
)) {
2997 if (!zfeature_is_supported(nvpair_name(nvp
))) {
2998 VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(unsup_feat
,
2999 nvpair_name(nvp
), "") == 0);
3003 if (!nvlist_empty(unsup_feat
)) {
3004 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3005 ZPOOL_CONFIG_UNSUP_FEAT
, unsup_feat
) == 0);
3006 nvlist_free(unsup_feat
);
3007 spa_load_failed(spa
, "some features are unsupported");
3008 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_UNSUP_FEAT
,
3012 nvlist_free(unsup_feat
);
3015 if (type
!= SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
&& spa
->spa_config_splitting
) {
3016 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
3017 spa_try_repair(spa
, spa
->spa_config
);
3018 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
3019 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_config_splitting
);
3020 spa
->spa_config_splitting
= NULL
;
3024 * Initialize internal SPA structures.
3026 spa_ld_select_uberblock_done(spa
, ub
);
3032 spa_ld_open_rootbp(spa_t
*spa
)
3035 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
3037 error
= dsl_pool_init(spa
, spa
->spa_first_txg
, &spa
->spa_dsl_pool
);
3039 spa_load_failed(spa
, "unable to open rootbp in dsl_pool_init "
3040 "[error=%d]", error
);
3041 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3043 spa
->spa_meta_objset
= spa
->spa_dsl_pool
->dp_meta_objset
;
3049 spa_ld_trusted_config(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
,
3050 boolean_t reloading
)
3052 vdev_t
*mrvd
, *rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
3053 nvlist_t
*nv
, *mos_config
, *policy
;
3054 int error
= 0, copy_error
;
3055 uint64_t healthy_tvds
, healthy_tvds_mos
;
3056 uint64_t mos_config_txg
;
3058 if (spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_CONFIG
, &spa
->spa_config_object
, B_TRUE
)
3060 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3063 * If we're assembling a pool from a split, the config provided is
3064 * already trusted so there is nothing to do.
3066 if (type
== SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
)
3069 healthy_tvds
= spa_healthy_core_tvds(spa
);
3071 if (load_nvlist(spa
, spa
->spa_config_object
, &mos_config
)
3073 spa_load_failed(spa
, "unable to retrieve MOS config");
3074 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3078 * If we are doing an open, pool owner wasn't verified yet, thus do
3079 * the verification here.
3081 if (spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_OPEN
) {
3082 error
= spa_verify_host(spa
, mos_config
);
3084 nvlist_free(mos_config
);
3089 nv
= fnvlist_lookup_nvlist(mos_config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE
);
3091 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
3094 * Build a new vdev tree from the trusted config
3096 VERIFY(spa_config_parse(spa
, &mrvd
, nv
, NULL
, 0, VDEV_ALLOC_LOAD
) == 0);
3099 * Vdev paths in the MOS may be obsolete. If the untrusted config was
3100 * obtained by scanning /dev/dsk, then it will have the right vdev
3101 * paths. We update the trusted MOS config with this information.
3102 * We first try to copy the paths with vdev_copy_path_strict, which
3103 * succeeds only when both configs have exactly the same vdev tree.
3104 * If that fails, we fall back to a more flexible method that has a
3105 * best effort policy.
3107 copy_error
= vdev_copy_path_strict(rvd
, mrvd
);
3108 if (copy_error
!= 0 || spa_load_print_vdev_tree
) {
3109 spa_load_note(spa
, "provided vdev tree:");
3110 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd
, 2);
3111 spa_load_note(spa
, "MOS vdev tree:");
3112 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(mrvd
, 2);
3114 if (copy_error
!= 0) {
3115 spa_load_note(spa
, "vdev_copy_path_strict failed, falling "
3116 "back to vdev_copy_path_relaxed");
3117 vdev_copy_path_relaxed(rvd
, mrvd
);
3122 spa
->spa_root_vdev
= mrvd
;
3124 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
3127 * We will use spa_config if we decide to reload the spa or if spa_load
3128 * fails and we rewind. We must thus regenerate the config using the
3129 * MOS information with the updated paths. ZPOOL_LOAD_POLICY is used to
3130 * pass settings on how to load the pool and is not stored in the MOS.
3131 * We copy it over to our new, trusted config.
3133 mos_config_txg
= fnvlist_lookup_uint64(mos_config
,
3134 ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG
);
3135 nvlist_free(mos_config
);
3136 mos_config
= spa_config_generate(spa
, NULL
, mos_config_txg
, B_FALSE
);
3137 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(spa
->spa_config
, ZPOOL_LOAD_POLICY
,
3139 fnvlist_add_nvlist(mos_config
, ZPOOL_LOAD_POLICY
, policy
);
3140 spa_config_set(spa
, mos_config
);
3141 spa
->spa_config_source
= SPA_CONFIG_SRC_MOS
;
3144 * Now that we got the config from the MOS, we should be more strict
3145 * in checking blkptrs and can make assumptions about the consistency
3146 * of the vdev tree. spa_trust_config must be set to true before opening
3147 * vdevs in order for them to be writeable.
3149 spa
->spa_trust_config
= B_TRUE
;
3152 * Open and validate the new vdev tree
3154 error
= spa_ld_open_vdevs(spa
);
3158 error
= spa_ld_validate_vdevs(spa
);
3162 if (copy_error
!= 0 || spa_load_print_vdev_tree
) {
3163 spa_load_note(spa
, "final vdev tree:");
3164 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd
, 2);
3167 if (spa
->spa_load_state
!= SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
&&
3168 !spa
->spa_extreme_rewind
&& zfs_max_missing_tvds
== 0) {
3170 * Sanity check to make sure that we are indeed loading the
3171 * latest uberblock. If we missed SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS tvds
3172 * in the config provided and they happened to be the only ones
3173 * to have the latest uberblock, we could involuntarily perform
3174 * an extreme rewind.
3176 healthy_tvds_mos
= spa_healthy_core_tvds(spa
);
3177 if (healthy_tvds_mos
- healthy_tvds
>=
3178 SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS
) {
3179 spa_load_note(spa
, "config provided misses too many "
3180 "top-level vdevs compared to MOS (%lld vs %lld). ",
3181 (u_longlong_t
)healthy_tvds
,
3182 (u_longlong_t
)healthy_tvds_mos
);
3183 spa_load_note(spa
, "vdev tree:");
3184 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd
, 2);
3186 spa_load_failed(spa
, "config was already "
3187 "provided from MOS. Aborting.");
3188 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
,
3189 VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3191 spa_load_note(spa
, "spa must be reloaded using MOS "
3193 return (SET_ERROR(EAGAIN
));
3197 error
= spa_check_for_missing_logs(spa
);
3199 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_BAD_GUID_SUM
, ENXIO
));
3201 if (rvd
->vdev_guid_sum
!= spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_guid_sum
) {
3202 spa_load_failed(spa
, "uberblock guid sum doesn't match MOS "
3203 "guid sum (%llu != %llu)",
3204 (u_longlong_t
)spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_guid_sum
,
3205 (u_longlong_t
)rvd
->vdev_guid_sum
);
3206 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_BAD_GUID_SUM
,
3214 spa_ld_open_indirect_vdev_metadata(spa_t
*spa
)
3217 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
3220 * Everything that we read before spa_remove_init() must be stored
3221 * on concreted vdevs. Therefore we do this as early as possible.
3223 error
= spa_remove_init(spa
);
3225 spa_load_failed(spa
, "spa_remove_init failed [error=%d]",
3227 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3231 * Retrieve information needed to condense indirect vdev mappings.
3233 error
= spa_condense_init(spa
);
3235 spa_load_failed(spa
, "spa_condense_init failed [error=%d]",
3237 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, error
));
3244 spa_ld_check_features(spa_t
*spa
, boolean_t
*missing_feat_writep
)
3247 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
3249 if (spa_version(spa
) >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES
) {
3250 boolean_t missing_feat_read
= B_FALSE
;
3251 nvlist_t
*unsup_feat
, *enabled_feat
;
3253 if (spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_FEATURES_FOR_READ
,
3254 &spa
->spa_feat_for_read_obj
, B_TRUE
) != 0) {
3255 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3258 if (spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_FEATURES_FOR_WRITE
,
3259 &spa
->spa_feat_for_write_obj
, B_TRUE
) != 0) {
3260 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3263 if (spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_FEATURE_DESCRIPTIONS
,
3264 &spa
->spa_feat_desc_obj
, B_TRUE
) != 0) {
3265 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3268 enabled_feat
= fnvlist_alloc();
3269 unsup_feat
= fnvlist_alloc();
3271 if (!spa_features_check(spa
, B_FALSE
,
3272 unsup_feat
, enabled_feat
))
3273 missing_feat_read
= B_TRUE
;
3275 if (spa_writeable(spa
) ||
3276 spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
) {
3277 if (!spa_features_check(spa
, B_TRUE
,
3278 unsup_feat
, enabled_feat
)) {
3279 *missing_feat_writep
= B_TRUE
;
3283 fnvlist_add_nvlist(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3284 ZPOOL_CONFIG_ENABLED_FEAT
, enabled_feat
);
3286 if (!nvlist_empty(unsup_feat
)) {
3287 fnvlist_add_nvlist(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3288 ZPOOL_CONFIG_UNSUP_FEAT
, unsup_feat
);
3291 fnvlist_free(enabled_feat
);
3292 fnvlist_free(unsup_feat
);
3294 if (!missing_feat_read
) {
3295 fnvlist_add_boolean(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3296 ZPOOL_CONFIG_CAN_RDONLY
);
3300 * If the state is SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT, our objective is
3301 * twofold: to determine whether the pool is available for
3302 * import in read-write mode and (if it is not) whether the
3303 * pool is available for import in read-only mode. If the pool
3304 * is available for import in read-write mode, it is displayed
3305 * as available in userland; if it is not available for import
3306 * in read-only mode, it is displayed as unavailable in
3307 * userland. If the pool is available for import in read-only
3308 * mode but not read-write mode, it is displayed as unavailable
3309 * in userland with a special note that the pool is actually
3310 * available for open in read-only mode.
3312 * As a result, if the state is SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT and we are
3313 * missing a feature for write, we must first determine whether
3314 * the pool can be opened read-only before returning to
3315 * userland in order to know whether to display the
3316 * abovementioned note.
3318 if (missing_feat_read
|| (*missing_feat_writep
&&
3319 spa_writeable(spa
))) {
3320 spa_load_failed(spa
, "pool uses unsupported features");
3321 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_UNSUP_FEAT
,
3326 * Load refcounts for ZFS features from disk into an in-memory
3327 * cache during SPA initialization.
3329 for (spa_feature_t i
= 0; i
< SPA_FEATURES
; i
++) {
3332 error
= feature_get_refcount_from_disk(spa
,
3333 &spa_feature_table
[i
], &refcount
);
3335 spa
->spa_feat_refcount_cache
[i
] = refcount
;
3336 } else if (error
== ENOTSUP
) {
3337 spa
->spa_feat_refcount_cache
[i
] =
3338 SPA_FEATURE_DISABLED
;
3340 spa_load_failed(spa
, "error getting refcount "
3341 "for feature %s [error=%d]",
3342 spa_feature_table
[i
].fi_guid
, error
);
3343 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
,
3344 VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3349 if (spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_ENABLED_TXG
)) {
3350 if (spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_FEATURE_ENABLED_TXG
,
3351 &spa
->spa_feat_enabled_txg_obj
, B_TRUE
) != 0)
3352 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3359 spa_ld_load_special_directories(spa_t
*spa
)
3362 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
3364 spa
->spa_is_initializing
= B_TRUE
;
3365 error
= dsl_pool_open(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
);
3366 spa
->spa_is_initializing
= B_FALSE
;
3368 spa_load_failed(spa
, "dsl_pool_open failed [error=%d]", error
);
3369 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3376 spa_ld_get_props(spa_t
*spa
)
3380 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
3382 /* Grab the checksum salt from the MOS. */
3383 error
= zap_lookup(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
,
3384 DMU_POOL_CHECKSUM_SALT
, 1,
3385 sizeof (spa
->spa_cksum_salt
.zcs_bytes
),
3386 spa
->spa_cksum_salt
.zcs_bytes
);
3387 if (error
== ENOENT
) {
3388 /* Generate a new salt for subsequent use */
3389 (void) random_get_pseudo_bytes(spa
->spa_cksum_salt
.zcs_bytes
,
3390 sizeof (spa
->spa_cksum_salt
.zcs_bytes
));
3391 } else if (error
!= 0) {
3392 spa_load_failed(spa
, "unable to retrieve checksum salt from "
3393 "MOS [error=%d]", error
);
3394 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3397 if (spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_SYNC_BPOBJ
, &obj
, B_TRUE
) != 0)
3398 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3399 error
= bpobj_open(&spa
->spa_deferred_bpobj
, spa
->spa_meta_objset
, obj
);
3401 spa_load_failed(spa
, "error opening deferred-frees bpobj "
3402 "[error=%d]", error
);
3403 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3407 * Load the bit that tells us to use the new accounting function
3408 * (raid-z deflation). If we have an older pool, this will not
3411 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_DEFLATE
, &spa
->spa_deflate
, B_FALSE
);
3412 if (error
!= 0 && error
!= ENOENT
)
3413 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3415 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_CREATION_VERSION
,
3416 &spa
->spa_creation_version
, B_FALSE
);
3417 if (error
!= 0 && error
!= ENOENT
)
3418 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3421 * Load the persistent error log. If we have an older pool, this will
3424 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_ERRLOG_LAST
, &spa
->spa_errlog_last
,
3426 if (error
!= 0 && error
!= ENOENT
)
3427 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3429 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_ERRLOG_SCRUB
,
3430 &spa
->spa_errlog_scrub
, B_FALSE
);
3431 if (error
!= 0 && error
!= ENOENT
)
3432 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3435 * Load the history object. If we have an older pool, this
3436 * will not be present.
3438 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_HISTORY
, &spa
->spa_history
, B_FALSE
);
3439 if (error
!= 0 && error
!= ENOENT
)
3440 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3443 * Load the per-vdev ZAP map. If we have an older pool, this will not
3444 * be present; in this case, defer its creation to a later time to
3445 * avoid dirtying the MOS this early / out of sync context. See
3446 * spa_sync_config_object.
3449 /* The sentinel is only available in the MOS config. */
3450 nvlist_t
*mos_config
;
3451 if (load_nvlist(spa
, spa
->spa_config_object
, &mos_config
) != 0) {
3452 spa_load_failed(spa
, "unable to retrieve MOS config");
3453 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3456 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP
,
3457 &spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
, B_FALSE
);
3459 if (error
== ENOENT
) {
3460 VERIFY(!nvlist_exists(mos_config
,
3461 ZPOOL_CONFIG_HAS_PER_VDEV_ZAPS
));
3462 spa
->spa_avz_action
= AVZ_ACTION_INITIALIZE
;
3463 ASSERT0(vdev_count_verify_zaps(spa
->spa_root_vdev
));
3464 } else if (error
!= 0) {
3465 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3466 } else if (!nvlist_exists(mos_config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HAS_PER_VDEV_ZAPS
)) {
3468 * An older version of ZFS overwrote the sentinel value, so
3469 * we have orphaned per-vdev ZAPs in the MOS. Defer their
3470 * destruction to later; see spa_sync_config_object.
3472 spa
->spa_avz_action
= AVZ_ACTION_DESTROY
;
3474 * We're assuming that no vdevs have had their ZAPs created
3475 * before this. Better be sure of it.
3477 ASSERT0(vdev_count_verify_zaps(spa
->spa_root_vdev
));
3479 nvlist_free(mos_config
);
3481 spa
->spa_delegation
= zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION
);
3483 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_PROPS
, &spa
->spa_pool_props_object
,
3485 if (error
&& error
!= ENOENT
)
3486 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3489 uint64_t autoreplace
;
3491 spa_prop_find(spa
, ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS
, &spa
->spa_bootfs
);
3492 spa_prop_find(spa
, ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOREPLACE
, &autoreplace
);
3493 spa_prop_find(spa
, ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION
, &spa
->spa_delegation
);
3494 spa_prop_find(spa
, ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE
, &spa
->spa_failmode
);
3495 spa_prop_find(spa
, ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND
, &spa
->spa_autoexpand
);
3496 spa_prop_find(spa
, ZPOOL_PROP_MULTIHOST
, &spa
->spa_multihost
);
3497 spa_prop_find(spa
, ZPOOL_PROP_DEDUPDITTO
,
3498 &spa
->spa_dedup_ditto
);
3500 spa
->spa_autoreplace
= (autoreplace
!= 0);
3504 * If we are importing a pool with missing top-level vdevs,
3505 * we enforce that the pool doesn't panic or get suspended on
3506 * error since the likelihood of missing data is extremely high.
3508 if (spa
->spa_missing_tvds
> 0 &&
3509 spa
->spa_failmode
!= ZIO_FAILURE_MODE_CONTINUE
&&
3510 spa
->spa_load_state
!= SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
) {
3511 spa_load_note(spa
, "forcing failmode to 'continue' "
3512 "as some top level vdevs are missing");
3513 spa
->spa_failmode
= ZIO_FAILURE_MODE_CONTINUE
;
3520 spa_ld_open_aux_vdevs(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
)
3523 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
3526 * If we're assembling the pool from the split-off vdevs of
3527 * an existing pool, we don't want to attach the spares & cache
3532 * Load any hot spares for this pool.
3534 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_SPARES
, &spa
->spa_spares
.sav_object
,
3536 if (error
!= 0 && error
!= ENOENT
)
3537 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3538 if (error
== 0 && type
!= SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
) {
3539 ASSERT(spa_version(spa
) >= SPA_VERSION_SPARES
);
3540 if (load_nvlist(spa
, spa
->spa_spares
.sav_object
,
3541 &spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
) != 0) {
3542 spa_load_failed(spa
, "error loading spares nvlist");
3543 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3546 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
3547 spa_load_spares(spa
);
3548 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
3549 } else if (error
== 0) {
3550 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_sync
= B_TRUE
;
3554 * Load any level 2 ARC devices for this pool.
3556 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_L2CACHE
,
3557 &spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_object
, B_FALSE
);
3558 if (error
!= 0 && error
!= ENOENT
)
3559 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3560 if (error
== 0 && type
!= SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
) {
3561 ASSERT(spa_version(spa
) >= SPA_VERSION_L2CACHE
);
3562 if (load_nvlist(spa
, spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_object
,
3563 &spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
) != 0) {
3564 spa_load_failed(spa
, "error loading l2cache nvlist");
3565 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3568 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
3569 spa_load_l2cache(spa
);
3570 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
3571 } else if (error
== 0) {
3572 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_sync
= B_TRUE
;
3579 spa_ld_load_vdev_metadata(spa_t
*spa
)
3582 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
3585 * If the 'multihost' property is set, then never allow a pool to
3586 * be imported when the system hostid is zero. The exception to
3587 * this rule is zdb which is always allowed to access pools.
3589 if (spa_multihost(spa
) && spa_get_hostid() == 0 &&
3590 (spa
->spa_import_flags
& ZFS_IMPORT_SKIP_MMP
) == 0) {
3591 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3592 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE
, MMP_STATE_NO_HOSTID
);
3593 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_ACTIVE
, EREMOTEIO
));
3597 * If the 'autoreplace' property is set, then post a resource notifying
3598 * the ZFS DE that it should not issue any faults for unopenable
3599 * devices. We also iterate over the vdevs, and post a sysevent for any
3600 * unopenable vdevs so that the normal autoreplace handler can take
3603 if (spa
->spa_autoreplace
&& spa
->spa_load_state
!= SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
) {
3604 spa_check_removed(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
3606 * For the import case, this is done in spa_import(), because
3607 * at this point we're using the spare definitions from
3608 * the MOS config, not necessarily from the userland config.
3610 if (spa
->spa_load_state
!= SPA_LOAD_IMPORT
) {
3611 spa_aux_check_removed(&spa
->spa_spares
);
3612 spa_aux_check_removed(&spa
->spa_l2cache
);
3617 * Load the vdev metadata such as metaslabs, DTLs, spacemap object, etc.
3619 error
= vdev_load(rvd
);
3621 spa_load_failed(spa
, "vdev_load failed [error=%d]", error
);
3622 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, error
));
3626 * Propagate the leaf DTLs we just loaded all the way up the vdev tree.
3628 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
3629 vdev_dtl_reassess(rvd
, 0, 0, B_FALSE
);
3630 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
3636 spa_ld_load_dedup_tables(spa_t
*spa
)
3639 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
3641 error
= ddt_load(spa
);
3643 spa_load_failed(spa
, "ddt_load failed [error=%d]", error
);
3644 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3651 spa_ld_verify_logs(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
, char **ereport
)
3653 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
3655 if (type
!= SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
&& spa_writeable(spa
)) {
3656 boolean_t missing
= spa_check_logs(spa
);
3658 if (spa
->spa_missing_tvds
!= 0) {
3659 spa_load_note(spa
, "spa_check_logs failed "
3660 "so dropping the logs");
3662 *ereport
= FM_EREPORT_ZFS_LOG_REPLAY
;
3663 spa_load_failed(spa
, "spa_check_logs failed");
3664 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_BAD_LOG
,
3674 spa_ld_verify_pool_data(spa_t
*spa
)
3677 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
3680 * We've successfully opened the pool, verify that we're ready
3681 * to start pushing transactions.
3683 if (spa
->spa_load_state
!= SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
) {
3684 error
= spa_load_verify(spa
);
3686 spa_load_failed(spa
, "spa_load_verify failed "
3687 "[error=%d]", error
);
3688 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
,
3697 spa_ld_claim_log_blocks(spa_t
*spa
)
3700 dsl_pool_t
*dp
= spa_get_dsl(spa
);
3703 * Claim log blocks that haven't been committed yet.
3704 * This must all happen in a single txg.
3705 * Note: spa_claim_max_txg is updated by spa_claim_notify(),
3706 * invoked from zil_claim_log_block()'s i/o done callback.
3707 * Price of rollback is that we abandon the log.
3709 spa
->spa_claiming
= B_TRUE
;
3711 tx
= dmu_tx_create_assigned(dp
, spa_first_txg(spa
));
3712 (void) dmu_objset_find_dp(dp
, dp
->dp_root_dir_obj
,
3713 zil_claim
, tx
, DS_FIND_CHILDREN
);
3716 spa
->spa_claiming
= B_FALSE
;
3718 spa_set_log_state(spa
, SPA_LOG_GOOD
);
3722 spa_ld_check_for_config_update(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t config_cache_txg
,
3723 boolean_t update_config_cache
)
3725 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
3726 int need_update
= B_FALSE
;
3729 * If the config cache is stale, or we have uninitialized
3730 * metaslabs (see spa_vdev_add()), then update the config.
3732 * If this is a verbatim import, trust the current
3733 * in-core spa_config and update the disk labels.
3735 if (update_config_cache
|| config_cache_txg
!= spa
->spa_config_txg
||
3736 spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_IMPORT
||
3737 spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
||
3738 (spa
->spa_import_flags
& ZFS_IMPORT_VERBATIM
))
3739 need_update
= B_TRUE
;
3741 for (int c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++)
3742 if (rvd
->vdev_child
[c
]->vdev_ms_array
== 0)
3743 need_update
= B_TRUE
;
3746 * Update the config cache asychronously in case we're the
3747 * root pool, in which case the config cache isn't writable yet.
3750 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE
);
3754 spa_ld_prepare_for_reload(spa_t
*spa
)
3756 int mode
= spa
->spa_mode
;
3757 int async_suspended
= spa
->spa_async_suspended
;
3760 spa_deactivate(spa
);
3761 spa_activate(spa
, mode
);
3764 * We save the value of spa_async_suspended as it gets reset to 0 by
3765 * spa_unload(). We want to restore it back to the original value before
3766 * returning as we might be calling spa_async_resume() later.
3768 spa
->spa_async_suspended
= async_suspended
;
3772 spa_ld_read_checkpoint_txg(spa_t
*spa
)
3774 uberblock_t checkpoint
;
3777 ASSERT0(spa
->spa_checkpoint_txg
);
3778 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
3780 error
= zap_lookup(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
,
3781 DMU_POOL_ZPOOL_CHECKPOINT
, sizeof (uint64_t),
3782 sizeof (uberblock_t
) / sizeof (uint64_t), &checkpoint
);
3784 if (error
== ENOENT
)
3790 ASSERT3U(checkpoint
.ub_txg
, !=, 0);
3791 ASSERT3U(checkpoint
.ub_checkpoint_txg
, !=, 0);
3792 ASSERT3U(checkpoint
.ub_timestamp
, !=, 0);
3793 spa
->spa_checkpoint_txg
= checkpoint
.ub_txg
;
3794 spa
->spa_checkpoint_info
.sci_timestamp
= checkpoint
.ub_timestamp
;
3800 spa_ld_mos_init(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
)
3804 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
3805 ASSERT(spa
->spa_config_source
!= SPA_CONFIG_SRC_NONE
);
3808 * Never trust the config that is provided unless we are assembling
3809 * a pool following a split.
3810 * This means don't trust blkptrs and the vdev tree in general. This
3811 * also effectively puts the spa in read-only mode since
3812 * spa_writeable() checks for spa_trust_config to be true.
3813 * We will later load a trusted config from the MOS.
3815 if (type
!= SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
)
3816 spa
->spa_trust_config
= B_FALSE
;
3819 * Parse the config provided to create a vdev tree.
3821 error
= spa_ld_parse_config(spa
, type
);
3826 * Now that we have the vdev tree, try to open each vdev. This involves
3827 * opening the underlying physical device, retrieving its geometry and
3828 * probing the vdev with a dummy I/O. The state of each vdev will be set
3829 * based on the success of those operations. After this we'll be ready
3830 * to read from the vdevs.
3832 error
= spa_ld_open_vdevs(spa
);
3837 * Read the label of each vdev and make sure that the GUIDs stored
3838 * there match the GUIDs in the config provided.
3839 * If we're assembling a new pool that's been split off from an
3840 * existing pool, the labels haven't yet been updated so we skip
3841 * validation for now.
3843 if (type
!= SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
) {
3844 error
= spa_ld_validate_vdevs(spa
);
3850 * Read all vdev labels to find the best uberblock (i.e. latest,
3851 * unless spa_load_max_txg is set) and store it in spa_uberblock. We
3852 * get the list of features required to read blkptrs in the MOS from
3853 * the vdev label with the best uberblock and verify that our version
3854 * of zfs supports them all.
3856 error
= spa_ld_select_uberblock(spa
, type
);
3861 * Pass that uberblock to the dsl_pool layer which will open the root
3862 * blkptr. This blkptr points to the latest version of the MOS and will
3863 * allow us to read its contents.
3865 error
= spa_ld_open_rootbp(spa
);
3873 spa_ld_checkpoint_rewind(spa_t
*spa
)
3875 uberblock_t checkpoint
;
3878 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
3879 ASSERT(spa
->spa_import_flags
& ZFS_IMPORT_CHECKPOINT
);
3881 error
= zap_lookup(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
,
3882 DMU_POOL_ZPOOL_CHECKPOINT
, sizeof (uint64_t),
3883 sizeof (uberblock_t
) / sizeof (uint64_t), &checkpoint
);
3886 spa_load_failed(spa
, "unable to retrieve checkpointed "
3887 "uberblock from the MOS config [error=%d]", error
);
3889 if (error
== ENOENT
)
3890 error
= ZFS_ERR_NO_CHECKPOINT
;
3895 ASSERT3U(checkpoint
.ub_txg
, <, spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
);
3896 ASSERT3U(checkpoint
.ub_txg
, ==, checkpoint
.ub_checkpoint_txg
);
3899 * We need to update the txg and timestamp of the checkpointed
3900 * uberblock to be higher than the latest one. This ensures that
3901 * the checkpointed uberblock is selected if we were to close and
3902 * reopen the pool right after we've written it in the vdev labels.
3903 * (also see block comment in vdev_uberblock_compare)
3905 checkpoint
.ub_txg
= spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
+ 1;
3906 checkpoint
.ub_timestamp
= gethrestime_sec();
3909 * Set current uberblock to be the checkpointed uberblock.
3911 spa
->spa_uberblock
= checkpoint
;
3914 * If we are doing a normal rewind, then the pool is open for
3915 * writing and we sync the "updated" checkpointed uberblock to
3916 * disk. Once this is done, we've basically rewound the whole
3917 * pool and there is no way back.
3919 * There are cases when we don't want to attempt and sync the
3920 * checkpointed uberblock to disk because we are opening a
3921 * pool as read-only. Specifically, verifying the checkpointed
3922 * state with zdb, and importing the checkpointed state to get
3923 * a "preview" of its content.
3925 if (spa_writeable(spa
)) {
3926 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
3928 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
3929 vdev_t
*svd
[SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS
] = { NULL
};
3931 int children
= rvd
->vdev_children
;
3932 int c0
= spa_get_random(children
);
3934 for (int c
= 0; c
< children
; c
++) {
3935 vdev_t
*vd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[(c0
+ c
) % children
];
3937 /* Stop when revisiting the first vdev */
3938 if (c
> 0 && svd
[0] == vd
)
3941 if (vd
->vdev_ms_array
== 0 || vd
->vdev_islog
||
3942 !vdev_is_concrete(vd
))
3945 svd
[svdcount
++] = vd
;
3946 if (svdcount
== SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS
)
3949 error
= vdev_config_sync(svd
, svdcount
, spa
->spa_first_txg
);
3951 spa
->spa_last_synced_guid
= rvd
->vdev_guid
;
3952 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
3955 spa_load_failed(spa
, "failed to write checkpointed "
3956 "uberblock to the vdev labels [error=%d]", error
);
3965 spa_ld_mos_with_trusted_config(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
,
3966 boolean_t
*update_config_cache
)
3971 * Parse the config for pool, open and validate vdevs,
3972 * select an uberblock, and use that uberblock to open
3975 error
= spa_ld_mos_init(spa
, type
);
3980 * Retrieve the trusted config stored in the MOS and use it to create
3981 * a new, exact version of the vdev tree, then reopen all vdevs.
3983 error
= spa_ld_trusted_config(spa
, type
, B_FALSE
);
3984 if (error
== EAGAIN
) {
3985 if (update_config_cache
!= NULL
)
3986 *update_config_cache
= B_TRUE
;
3989 * Redo the loading process with the trusted config if it is
3990 * too different from the untrusted config.
3992 spa_ld_prepare_for_reload(spa
);
3993 spa_load_note(spa
, "RELOADING");
3994 error
= spa_ld_mos_init(spa
, type
);
3998 error
= spa_ld_trusted_config(spa
, type
, B_TRUE
);
4002 } else if (error
!= 0) {
4010 * Load an existing storage pool, using the config provided. This config
4011 * describes which vdevs are part of the pool and is later validated against
4012 * partial configs present in each vdev's label and an entire copy of the
4013 * config stored in the MOS.
4016 spa_load_impl(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
, char **ereport
)
4019 boolean_t missing_feat_write
= B_FALSE
;
4020 boolean_t checkpoint_rewind
=
4021 (spa
->spa_import_flags
& ZFS_IMPORT_CHECKPOINT
);
4022 boolean_t update_config_cache
= B_FALSE
;
4024 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
4025 ASSERT(spa
->spa_config_source
!= SPA_CONFIG_SRC_NONE
);
4027 spa_load_note(spa
, "LOADING");
4029 error
= spa_ld_mos_with_trusted_config(spa
, type
, &update_config_cache
);
4034 * If we are rewinding to the checkpoint then we need to repeat
4035 * everything we've done so far in this function but this time
4036 * selecting the checkpointed uberblock and using that to open
4039 if (checkpoint_rewind
) {
4041 * If we are rewinding to the checkpoint update config cache
4044 update_config_cache
= B_TRUE
;
4047 * Extract the checkpointed uberblock from the current MOS
4048 * and use this as the pool's uberblock from now on. If the
4049 * pool is imported as writeable we also write the checkpoint
4050 * uberblock to the labels, making the rewind permanent.
4052 error
= spa_ld_checkpoint_rewind(spa
);
4057 * Redo the loading process process again with the
4058 * checkpointed uberblock.
4060 spa_ld_prepare_for_reload(spa
);
4061 spa_load_note(spa
, "LOADING checkpointed uberblock");
4062 error
= spa_ld_mos_with_trusted_config(spa
, type
, NULL
);
4068 * Retrieve the checkpoint txg if the pool has a checkpoint.
4070 error
= spa_ld_read_checkpoint_txg(spa
);
4075 * Retrieve the mapping of indirect vdevs. Those vdevs were removed
4076 * from the pool and their contents were re-mapped to other vdevs. Note
4077 * that everything that we read before this step must have been
4078 * rewritten on concrete vdevs after the last device removal was
4079 * initiated. Otherwise we could be reading from indirect vdevs before
4080 * we have loaded their mappings.
4082 error
= spa_ld_open_indirect_vdev_metadata(spa
);
4087 * Retrieve the full list of active features from the MOS and check if
4088 * they are all supported.
4090 error
= spa_ld_check_features(spa
, &missing_feat_write
);
4095 * Load several special directories from the MOS needed by the dsl_pool
4098 error
= spa_ld_load_special_directories(spa
);
4103 * Retrieve pool properties from the MOS.
4105 error
= spa_ld_get_props(spa
);
4110 * Retrieve the list of auxiliary devices - cache devices and spares -
4113 error
= spa_ld_open_aux_vdevs(spa
, type
);
4118 * Load the metadata for all vdevs. Also check if unopenable devices
4119 * should be autoreplaced.
4121 error
= spa_ld_load_vdev_metadata(spa
);
4125 error
= spa_ld_load_dedup_tables(spa
);
4130 * Verify the logs now to make sure we don't have any unexpected errors
4131 * when we claim log blocks later.
4133 error
= spa_ld_verify_logs(spa
, type
, ereport
);
4137 if (missing_feat_write
) {
4138 ASSERT(spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
);
4141 * At this point, we know that we can open the pool in
4142 * read-only mode but not read-write mode. We now have enough
4143 * information and can return to userland.
4145 return (spa_vdev_err(spa
->spa_root_vdev
, VDEV_AUX_UNSUP_FEAT
,
4150 * Traverse the last txgs to make sure the pool was left off in a safe
4151 * state. When performing an extreme rewind, we verify the whole pool,
4152 * which can take a very long time.
4154 error
= spa_ld_verify_pool_data(spa
);
4159 * Calculate the deflated space for the pool. This must be done before
4160 * we write anything to the pool because we'd need to update the space
4161 * accounting using the deflated sizes.
4163 spa_update_dspace(spa
);
4166 * We have now retrieved all the information we needed to open the
4167 * pool. If we are importing the pool in read-write mode, a few
4168 * additional steps must be performed to finish the import.
4170 if (spa_writeable(spa
) && (spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
||
4171 spa
->spa_load_max_txg
== UINT64_MAX
)) {
4172 uint64_t config_cache_txg
= spa
->spa_config_txg
;
4174 ASSERT(spa
->spa_load_state
!= SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
);
4177 * In case of a checkpoint rewind, log the original txg
4178 * of the checkpointed uberblock.
4180 if (checkpoint_rewind
) {
4181 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "checkpoint rewind",
4182 NULL
, "rewound state to txg=%llu",
4183 (u_longlong_t
)spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_checkpoint_txg
);
4187 * Traverse the ZIL and claim all blocks.
4189 spa_ld_claim_log_blocks(spa
);
4192 * Kick-off the syncing thread.
4194 spa
->spa_sync_on
= B_TRUE
;
4195 txg_sync_start(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
);
4196 mmp_thread_start(spa
);
4199 * Wait for all claims to sync. We sync up to the highest
4200 * claimed log block birth time so that claimed log blocks
4201 * don't appear to be from the future. spa_claim_max_txg
4202 * will have been set for us by ZIL traversal operations
4205 txg_wait_synced(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, spa
->spa_claim_max_txg
);
4208 * Check if we need to request an update of the config. On the
4209 * next sync, we would update the config stored in vdev labels
4210 * and the cachefile (by default /etc/zfs/zpool.cache).
4212 spa_ld_check_for_config_update(spa
, config_cache_txg
,
4213 update_config_cache
);
4216 * Check all DTLs to see if anything needs resilvering.
4218 if (!dsl_scan_resilvering(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
) &&
4219 vdev_resilver_needed(spa
->spa_root_vdev
, NULL
, NULL
))
4220 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER
);
4223 * Log the fact that we booted up (so that we can detect if
4224 * we rebooted in the middle of an operation).
4226 spa_history_log_version(spa
, "open", NULL
);
4229 * Delete any inconsistent datasets.
4231 (void) dmu_objset_find(spa_name(spa
),
4232 dsl_destroy_inconsistent
, NULL
, DS_FIND_CHILDREN
);
4235 * Clean up any stale temporary dataset userrefs.
4237 dsl_pool_clean_tmp_userrefs(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
);
4239 spa_restart_removal(spa
);
4241 spa_spawn_aux_threads(spa
);
4244 spa_load_note(spa
, "LOADED");
4250 spa_load_retry(spa_t
*spa
, spa_load_state_t state
)
4252 int mode
= spa
->spa_mode
;
4255 spa_deactivate(spa
);
4257 spa
->spa_load_max_txg
= spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
- 1;
4259 spa_activate(spa
, mode
);
4260 spa_async_suspend(spa
);
4262 spa_load_note(spa
, "spa_load_retry: rewind, max txg: %llu",
4263 (u_longlong_t
)spa
->spa_load_max_txg
);
4265 return (spa_load(spa
, state
, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING
));
4269 * If spa_load() fails this function will try loading prior txg's. If
4270 * 'state' is SPA_LOAD_RECOVER and one of these loads succeeds the pool
4271 * will be rewound to that txg. If 'state' is not SPA_LOAD_RECOVER this
4272 * function will not rewind the pool and will return the same error as
4276 spa_load_best(spa_t
*spa
, spa_load_state_t state
, uint64_t max_request
,
4279 nvlist_t
*loadinfo
= NULL
;
4280 nvlist_t
*config
= NULL
;
4281 int load_error
, rewind_error
;
4282 uint64_t safe_rewind_txg
;
4285 if (spa
->spa_load_txg
&& state
== SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
) {
4286 spa
->spa_load_max_txg
= spa
->spa_load_txg
;
4287 spa_set_log_state(spa
, SPA_LOG_CLEAR
);
4289 spa
->spa_load_max_txg
= max_request
;
4290 if (max_request
!= UINT64_MAX
)
4291 spa
->spa_extreme_rewind
= B_TRUE
;
4294 load_error
= rewind_error
= spa_load(spa
, state
, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING
);
4295 if (load_error
== 0)
4297 if (load_error
== ZFS_ERR_NO_CHECKPOINT
) {
4299 * When attempting checkpoint-rewind on a pool with no
4300 * checkpoint, we should not attempt to load uberblocks
4301 * from previous txgs when spa_load fails.
4303 ASSERT(spa
->spa_import_flags
& ZFS_IMPORT_CHECKPOINT
);
4304 return (load_error
);
4307 if (spa
->spa_root_vdev
!= NULL
)
4308 config
= spa_config_generate(spa
, NULL
, -1ULL, B_TRUE
);
4310 spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg
= spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
;
4311 spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg_ts
= spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_timestamp
;
4313 if (rewind_flags
& ZPOOL_NEVER_REWIND
) {
4314 nvlist_free(config
);
4315 return (load_error
);
4318 if (state
== SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
) {
4319 /* Price of rolling back is discarding txgs, including log */
4320 spa_set_log_state(spa
, SPA_LOG_CLEAR
);
4323 * If we aren't rolling back save the load info from our first
4324 * import attempt so that we can restore it after attempting
4327 loadinfo
= spa
->spa_load_info
;
4328 spa
->spa_load_info
= fnvlist_alloc();
4331 spa
->spa_load_max_txg
= spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg
;
4332 safe_rewind_txg
= spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg
- TXG_DEFER_SIZE
;
4333 min_txg
= (rewind_flags
& ZPOOL_EXTREME_REWIND
) ?
4334 TXG_INITIAL
: safe_rewind_txg
;
4337 * Continue as long as we're finding errors, we're still within
4338 * the acceptable rewind range, and we're still finding uberblocks
4340 while (rewind_error
&& spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
>= min_txg
&&
4341 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
<= spa
->spa_load_max_txg
) {
4342 if (spa
->spa_load_max_txg
< safe_rewind_txg
)
4343 spa
->spa_extreme_rewind
= B_TRUE
;
4344 rewind_error
= spa_load_retry(spa
, state
);
4347 spa
->spa_extreme_rewind
= B_FALSE
;
4348 spa
->spa_load_max_txg
= UINT64_MAX
;
4350 if (config
&& (rewind_error
|| state
!= SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
))
4351 spa_config_set(spa
, config
);
4353 nvlist_free(config
);
4355 if (state
== SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
) {
4356 ASSERT3P(loadinfo
, ==, NULL
);
4357 return (rewind_error
);
4359 /* Store the rewind info as part of the initial load info */
4360 fnvlist_add_nvlist(loadinfo
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_REWIND_INFO
,
4361 spa
->spa_load_info
);
4363 /* Restore the initial load info */
4364 fnvlist_free(spa
->spa_load_info
);
4365 spa
->spa_load_info
= loadinfo
;
4367 return (load_error
);
4374 * The import case is identical to an open except that the configuration is sent
4375 * down from userland, instead of grabbed from the configuration cache. For the
4376 * case of an open, the pool configuration will exist in the
4377 * POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED state.
4379 * The stats information (gen/count/ustats) is used to gather vdev statistics at
4380 * the same time open the pool, without having to keep around the spa_t in some
4384 spa_open_common(const char *pool
, spa_t
**spapp
, void *tag
, nvlist_t
*nvpolicy
,
4388 spa_load_state_t state
= SPA_LOAD_OPEN
;
4390 int locked
= B_FALSE
;
4391 int firstopen
= B_FALSE
;
4396 * As disgusting as this is, we need to support recursive calls to this
4397 * function because dsl_dir_open() is called during spa_load(), and ends
4398 * up calling spa_open() again. The real fix is to figure out how to
4399 * avoid dsl_dir_open() calling this in the first place.
4401 if (MUTEX_NOT_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
)) {
4402 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
4406 if ((spa
= spa_lookup(pool
)) == NULL
) {
4408 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
4409 return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT
));
4412 if (spa
->spa_state
== POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
) {
4413 zpool_load_policy_t policy
;
4417 zpool_get_load_policy(nvpolicy
? nvpolicy
: spa
->spa_config
,
4419 if (policy
.zlp_rewind
& ZPOOL_DO_REWIND
)
4420 state
= SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
;
4422 spa_activate(spa
, spa_mode_global
);
4424 if (state
!= SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
)
4425 spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg
= spa
->spa_load_txg
= 0;
4426 spa
->spa_config_source
= SPA_CONFIG_SRC_CACHEFILE
;
4428 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_open_common: opening %s", pool
);
4429 error
= spa_load_best(spa
, state
, policy
.zlp_txg
,
4432 if (error
== EBADF
) {
4434 * If vdev_validate() returns failure (indicated by
4435 * EBADF), it indicates that one of the vdevs indicates
4436 * that the pool has been exported or destroyed. If
4437 * this is the case, the config cache is out of sync and
4438 * we should remove the pool from the namespace.
4441 spa_deactivate(spa
);
4442 spa_write_cachefile(spa
, B_TRUE
, B_TRUE
);
4445 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
4446 return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT
));
4451 * We can't open the pool, but we still have useful
4452 * information: the state of each vdev after the
4453 * attempted vdev_open(). Return this to the user.
4455 if (config
!= NULL
&& spa
->spa_config
) {
4456 VERIFY(nvlist_dup(spa
->spa_config
, config
,
4458 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(*config
,
4459 ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO
,
4460 spa
->spa_load_info
) == 0);
4463 spa_deactivate(spa
);
4464 spa
->spa_last_open_failed
= error
;
4466 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
4472 spa_open_ref(spa
, tag
);
4475 *config
= spa_config_generate(spa
, NULL
, -1ULL, B_TRUE
);
4478 * If we've recovered the pool, pass back any information we
4479 * gathered while doing the load.
4481 if (state
== SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
) {
4482 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(*config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO
,
4483 spa
->spa_load_info
) == 0);
4487 spa
->spa_last_open_failed
= 0;
4488 spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg
= 0;
4489 spa
->spa_load_txg
= 0;
4490 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
4494 zvol_create_minors(spa
, spa_name(spa
), B_TRUE
);
4502 spa_open_rewind(const char *name
, spa_t
**spapp
, void *tag
, nvlist_t
*policy
,
4505 return (spa_open_common(name
, spapp
, tag
, policy
, config
));
4509 spa_open(const char *name
, spa_t
**spapp
, void *tag
)
4511 return (spa_open_common(name
, spapp
, tag
, NULL
, NULL
));
4515 * Lookup the given spa_t, incrementing the inject count in the process,
4516 * preventing it from being exported or destroyed.
4519 spa_inject_addref(char *name
)
4523 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
4524 if ((spa
= spa_lookup(name
)) == NULL
) {
4525 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
4528 spa
->spa_inject_ref
++;
4529 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
4535 spa_inject_delref(spa_t
*spa
)
4537 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
4538 spa
->spa_inject_ref
--;
4539 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
4543 * Add spares device information to the nvlist.
4546 spa_add_spares(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*config
)
4556 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, RW_READER
));
4558 if (spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
== 0)
4561 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
,
4562 ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE
, &nvroot
) == 0);
4563 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
,
4564 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, &spares
, &nspares
) == 0);
4566 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot
,
4567 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, spares
, nspares
) == 0);
4568 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
,
4569 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, &spares
, &nspares
) == 0);
4572 * Go through and find any spares which have since been
4573 * repurposed as an active spare. If this is the case, update
4574 * their status appropriately.
4576 for (i
= 0; i
< nspares
; i
++) {
4577 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(spares
[i
],
4578 ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID
, &guid
) == 0);
4579 if (spa_spare_exists(guid
, &pool
, NULL
) &&
4581 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(
4582 spares
[i
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_STATS
,
4583 (uint64_t **)&vs
, &vsc
) == 0);
4584 vs
->vs_state
= VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN
;
4585 vs
->vs_aux
= VDEV_AUX_SPARED
;
4592 * Add l2cache device information to the nvlist, including vdev stats.
4595 spa_add_l2cache(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*config
)
4598 uint_t i
, j
, nl2cache
;
4605 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, RW_READER
));
4607 if (spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_count
== 0)
4610 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
,
4611 ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE
, &nvroot
) == 0);
4612 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
,
4613 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, &l2cache
, &nl2cache
) == 0);
4614 if (nl2cache
!= 0) {
4615 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot
,
4616 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, l2cache
, nl2cache
) == 0);
4617 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
,
4618 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, &l2cache
, &nl2cache
) == 0);
4621 * Update level 2 cache device stats.
4624 for (i
= 0; i
< nl2cache
; i
++) {
4625 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(l2cache
[i
],
4626 ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID
, &guid
) == 0);
4629 for (j
= 0; j
< spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_count
; j
++) {
4631 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
[j
]->vdev_guid
) {
4632 vd
= spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
[j
];
4638 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(l2cache
[i
],
4639 ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_STATS
, (uint64_t **)&vs
, &vsc
)
4641 vdev_get_stats(vd
, vs
);
4642 vdev_config_generate_stats(vd
, l2cache
[i
]);
4649 spa_feature_stats_from_disk(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*features
)
4654 if (spa
->spa_feat_for_read_obj
!= 0) {
4655 for (zap_cursor_init(&zc
, spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
4656 spa
->spa_feat_for_read_obj
);
4657 zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc
, &za
) == 0;
4658 zap_cursor_advance(&zc
)) {
4659 ASSERT(za
.za_integer_length
== sizeof (uint64_t) &&
4660 za
.za_num_integers
== 1);
4661 VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(features
, za
.za_name
,
4662 za
.za_first_integer
));
4664 zap_cursor_fini(&zc
);
4667 if (spa
->spa_feat_for_write_obj
!= 0) {
4668 for (zap_cursor_init(&zc
, spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
4669 spa
->spa_feat_for_write_obj
);
4670 zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc
, &za
) == 0;
4671 zap_cursor_advance(&zc
)) {
4672 ASSERT(za
.za_integer_length
== sizeof (uint64_t) &&
4673 za
.za_num_integers
== 1);
4674 VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(features
, za
.za_name
,
4675 za
.za_first_integer
));
4677 zap_cursor_fini(&zc
);
4682 spa_feature_stats_from_cache(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*features
)
4686 for (i
= 0; i
< SPA_FEATURES
; i
++) {
4687 zfeature_info_t feature
= spa_feature_table
[i
];
4690 if (feature_get_refcount(spa
, &feature
, &refcount
) != 0)
4693 VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(features
, feature
.fi_guid
, refcount
));
4698 * Store a list of pool features and their reference counts in the
4701 * The first time this is called on a spa, allocate a new nvlist, fetch
4702 * the pool features and reference counts from disk, then save the list
4703 * in the spa. In subsequent calls on the same spa use the saved nvlist
4704 * and refresh its values from the cached reference counts. This
4705 * ensures we don't block here on I/O on a suspended pool so 'zpool
4706 * clear' can resume the pool.
4709 spa_add_feature_stats(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*config
)
4713 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, RW_READER
));
4715 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_feat_stats_lock
);
4716 features
= spa
->spa_feat_stats
;
4718 if (features
!= NULL
) {
4719 spa_feature_stats_from_cache(spa
, features
);
4721 VERIFY0(nvlist_alloc(&features
, NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
));
4722 spa
->spa_feat_stats
= features
;
4723 spa_feature_stats_from_disk(spa
, features
);
4726 VERIFY0(nvlist_add_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_FEATURE_STATS
,
4729 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_feat_stats_lock
);
4733 spa_get_stats(const char *name
, nvlist_t
**config
,
4734 char *altroot
, size_t buflen
)
4740 error
= spa_open_common(name
, &spa
, FTAG
, NULL
, config
);
4744 * This still leaves a window of inconsistency where the spares
4745 * or l2cache devices could change and the config would be
4746 * self-inconsistent.
4748 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
4750 if (*config
!= NULL
) {
4751 uint64_t loadtimes
[2];
4753 loadtimes
[0] = spa
->spa_loaded_ts
.tv_sec
;
4754 loadtimes
[1] = spa
->spa_loaded_ts
.tv_nsec
;
4755 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64_array(*config
,
4756 ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOADED_TIME
, loadtimes
, 2) == 0);
4758 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(*config
,
4759 ZPOOL_CONFIG_ERRCOUNT
,
4760 spa_get_errlog_size(spa
)) == 0);
4762 if (spa_suspended(spa
)) {
4763 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(*config
,
4764 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SUSPENDED
,
4765 spa
->spa_failmode
) == 0);
4766 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(*config
,
4767 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SUSPENDED_REASON
,
4768 spa
->spa_suspended
) == 0);
4771 spa_add_spares(spa
, *config
);
4772 spa_add_l2cache(spa
, *config
);
4773 spa_add_feature_stats(spa
, *config
);
4778 * We want to get the alternate root even for faulted pools, so we cheat
4779 * and call spa_lookup() directly.
4783 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
4784 spa
= spa_lookup(name
);
4786 spa_altroot(spa
, altroot
, buflen
);
4790 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
4792 spa_altroot(spa
, altroot
, buflen
);
4797 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
4798 spa_close(spa
, FTAG
);
4805 * Validate that the auxiliary device array is well formed. We must have an
4806 * array of nvlists, each which describes a valid leaf vdev. If this is an
4807 * import (mode is VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE), then we allow corrupted spares to be
4808 * specified, as long as they are well-formed.
4811 spa_validate_aux_devs(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*nvroot
, uint64_t crtxg
, int mode
,
4812 spa_aux_vdev_t
*sav
, const char *config
, uint64_t version
,
4813 vdev_labeltype_t label
)
4820 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALL
, RW_WRITER
) == SCL_ALL
);
4823 * It's acceptable to have no devs specified.
4825 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
, config
, &dev
, &ndev
) != 0)
4829 return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL
));
4832 * Make sure the pool is formatted with a version that supports this
4835 if (spa_version(spa
) < version
)
4836 return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
));
4839 * Set the pending device list so we correctly handle device in-use
4842 sav
->sav_pending
= dev
;
4843 sav
->sav_npending
= ndev
;
4845 for (i
= 0; i
< ndev
; i
++) {
4846 if ((error
= spa_config_parse(spa
, &vd
, dev
[i
], NULL
, 0,
4850 if (!vd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
) {
4852 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
4858 if ((error
= vdev_open(vd
)) == 0 &&
4859 (error
= vdev_label_init(vd
, crtxg
, label
)) == 0) {
4860 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(dev
[i
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID
,
4861 vd
->vdev_guid
) == 0);
4867 (mode
!= VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE
&& mode
!= VDEV_ALLOC_L2CACHE
))
4874 sav
->sav_pending
= NULL
;
4875 sav
->sav_npending
= 0;
4880 spa_validate_aux(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*nvroot
, uint64_t crtxg
, int mode
)
4884 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALL
, RW_WRITER
) == SCL_ALL
);
4886 if ((error
= spa_validate_aux_devs(spa
, nvroot
, crtxg
, mode
,
4887 &spa
->spa_spares
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, SPA_VERSION_SPARES
,
4888 VDEV_LABEL_SPARE
)) != 0) {
4892 return (spa_validate_aux_devs(spa
, nvroot
, crtxg
, mode
,
4893 &spa
->spa_l2cache
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, SPA_VERSION_L2CACHE
,
4894 VDEV_LABEL_L2CACHE
));
4898 spa_set_aux_vdevs(spa_aux_vdev_t
*sav
, nvlist_t
**devs
, int ndevs
,
4903 if (sav
->sav_config
!= NULL
) {
4909 * Generate new dev list by concatenating with the
4912 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(sav
->sav_config
, config
,
4913 &olddevs
, &oldndevs
) == 0);
4915 newdevs
= kmem_alloc(sizeof (void *) *
4916 (ndevs
+ oldndevs
), KM_SLEEP
);
4917 for (i
= 0; i
< oldndevs
; i
++)
4918 VERIFY(nvlist_dup(olddevs
[i
], &newdevs
[i
],
4920 for (i
= 0; i
< ndevs
; i
++)
4921 VERIFY(nvlist_dup(devs
[i
], &newdevs
[i
+ oldndevs
],
4924 VERIFY(nvlist_remove(sav
->sav_config
, config
,
4925 DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY
) == 0);
4927 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(sav
->sav_config
,
4928 config
, newdevs
, ndevs
+ oldndevs
) == 0);
4929 for (i
= 0; i
< oldndevs
+ ndevs
; i
++)
4930 nvlist_free(newdevs
[i
]);
4931 kmem_free(newdevs
, (oldndevs
+ ndevs
) * sizeof (void *));
4934 * Generate a new dev list.
4936 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&sav
->sav_config
, NV_UNIQUE_NAME
,
4938 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(sav
->sav_config
, config
,
4944 * Stop and drop level 2 ARC devices
4947 spa_l2cache_drop(spa_t
*spa
)
4951 spa_aux_vdev_t
*sav
= &spa
->spa_l2cache
;
4953 for (i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_count
; i
++) {
4956 vd
= sav
->sav_vdevs
[i
];
4959 if (spa_l2cache_exists(vd
->vdev_guid
, &pool
) &&
4960 pool
!= 0ULL && l2arc_vdev_present(vd
))
4961 l2arc_remove_vdev(vd
);
4966 * Verify encryption parameters for spa creation. If we are encrypting, we must
4967 * have the encryption feature flag enabled.
4970 spa_create_check_encryption_params(dsl_crypto_params_t
*dcp
,
4971 boolean_t has_encryption
)
4973 if (dcp
->cp_crypt
!= ZIO_CRYPT_OFF
&&
4974 dcp
->cp_crypt
!= ZIO_CRYPT_INHERIT
&&
4976 return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
));
4978 return (dmu_objset_create_crypt_check(NULL
, dcp
, NULL
));
4985 spa_create(const char *pool
, nvlist_t
*nvroot
, nvlist_t
*props
,
4986 nvlist_t
*zplprops
, dsl_crypto_params_t
*dcp
)
4989 char *altroot
= NULL
;
4994 uint64_t txg
= TXG_INITIAL
;
4995 nvlist_t
**spares
, **l2cache
;
4996 uint_t nspares
, nl2cache
;
4997 uint64_t version
, obj
, root_dsobj
= 0;
4998 boolean_t has_features
;
4999 boolean_t has_encryption
;
5005 if (props
== NULL
||
5006 nvlist_lookup_string(props
, "tname", &poolname
) != 0)
5007 poolname
= (char *)pool
;
5010 * If this pool already exists, return failure.
5012 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5013 if (spa_lookup(poolname
) != NULL
) {
5014 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5015 return (SET_ERROR(EEXIST
));
5019 * Allocate a new spa_t structure.
5021 nvl
= fnvlist_alloc();
5022 fnvlist_add_string(nvl
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME
, pool
);
5023 (void) nvlist_lookup_string(props
,
5024 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT
), &altroot
);
5025 spa
= spa_add(poolname
, nvl
, altroot
);
5027 spa_activate(spa
, spa_mode_global
);
5029 if (props
&& (error
= spa_prop_validate(spa
, props
))) {
5030 spa_deactivate(spa
);
5032 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5037 * Temporary pool names should never be written to disk.
5039 if (poolname
!= pool
)
5040 spa
->spa_import_flags
|= ZFS_IMPORT_TEMP_NAME
;
5042 has_features
= B_FALSE
;
5043 has_encryption
= B_FALSE
;
5044 for (nvpair_t
*elem
= nvlist_next_nvpair(props
, NULL
);
5045 elem
!= NULL
; elem
= nvlist_next_nvpair(props
, elem
)) {
5046 if (zpool_prop_feature(nvpair_name(elem
))) {
5047 has_features
= B_TRUE
;
5049 feat_name
= strchr(nvpair_name(elem
), '@') + 1;
5050 VERIFY0(zfeature_lookup_name(feat_name
, &feat
));
5051 if (feat
== SPA_FEATURE_ENCRYPTION
)
5052 has_encryption
= B_TRUE
;
5056 /* verify encryption params, if they were provided */
5058 error
= spa_create_check_encryption_params(dcp
, has_encryption
);
5060 spa_deactivate(spa
);
5062 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5067 if (has_features
|| nvlist_lookup_uint64(props
,
5068 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION
), &version
) != 0) {
5069 version
= SPA_VERSION
;
5071 ASSERT(SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(version
));
5073 spa
->spa_first_txg
= txg
;
5074 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
= txg
- 1;
5075 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
= version
;
5076 spa
->spa_ubsync
= spa
->spa_uberblock
;
5077 spa
->spa_load_state
= SPA_LOAD_CREATE
;
5078 spa
->spa_removing_phys
.sr_state
= DSS_NONE
;
5079 spa
->spa_removing_phys
.sr_removing_vdev
= -1;
5080 spa
->spa_removing_phys
.sr_prev_indirect_vdev
= -1;
5083 * Create "The Godfather" zio to hold all async IOs
5085 spa
->spa_async_zio_root
= kmem_alloc(max_ncpus
* sizeof (void *),
5087 for (int i
= 0; i
< max_ncpus
; i
++) {
5088 spa
->spa_async_zio_root
[i
] = zio_root(spa
, NULL
, NULL
,
5089 ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL
| ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE
|
5090 ZIO_FLAG_GODFATHER
);
5094 * Create the root vdev.
5096 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
5098 error
= spa_config_parse(spa
, &rvd
, nvroot
, NULL
, 0, VDEV_ALLOC_ADD
);
5100 ASSERT(error
!= 0 || rvd
!= NULL
);
5101 ASSERT(error
!= 0 || spa
->spa_root_vdev
== rvd
);
5103 if (error
== 0 && !zfs_allocatable_devs(nvroot
))
5104 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
5107 (error
= vdev_create(rvd
, txg
, B_FALSE
)) == 0 &&
5108 (error
= spa_validate_aux(spa
, nvroot
, txg
,
5109 VDEV_ALLOC_ADD
)) == 0) {
5111 * instantiate the metaslab groups (this will dirty the vdevs)
5112 * we can no longer error exit past this point
5114 for (int c
= 0; error
== 0 && c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
5115 vdev_t
*vd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
5117 vdev_metaslab_set_size(vd
);
5118 vdev_expand(vd
, txg
);
5122 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
5126 spa_deactivate(spa
);
5128 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5133 * Get the list of spares, if specified.
5135 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
,
5136 &spares
, &nspares
) == 0) {
5137 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
, NV_UNIQUE_NAME
,
5139 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
,
5140 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, spares
, nspares
) == 0);
5141 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
5142 spa_load_spares(spa
);
5143 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
5144 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_sync
= B_TRUE
;
5148 * Get the list of level 2 cache devices, if specified.
5150 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
,
5151 &l2cache
, &nl2cache
) == 0) {
5152 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
,
5153 NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
) == 0);
5154 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
,
5155 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, l2cache
, nl2cache
) == 0);
5156 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
5157 spa_load_l2cache(spa
);
5158 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
5159 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_sync
= B_TRUE
;
5162 spa
->spa_is_initializing
= B_TRUE
;
5163 spa
->spa_dsl_pool
= dp
= dsl_pool_create(spa
, zplprops
, dcp
, txg
);
5164 spa
->spa_is_initializing
= B_FALSE
;
5167 * Create DDTs (dedup tables).
5171 spa_update_dspace(spa
);
5173 tx
= dmu_tx_create_assigned(dp
, txg
);
5176 * Create the pool's history object.
5178 if (version
>= SPA_VERSION_ZPOOL_HISTORY
&& !spa
->spa_history
)
5179 spa_history_create_obj(spa
, tx
);
5181 spa_event_notify(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_POOL_CREATE
);
5182 spa_history_log_version(spa
, "create", tx
);
5185 * Create the pool config object.
5187 spa
->spa_config_object
= dmu_object_alloc(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
5188 DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST
, SPA_CONFIG_BLOCKSIZE
,
5189 DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST_SIZE
, sizeof (uint64_t), tx
);
5191 if (zap_add(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
5192 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_CONFIG
,
5193 sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &spa
->spa_config_object
, tx
) != 0) {
5194 cmn_err(CE_PANIC
, "failed to add pool config");
5197 if (zap_add(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
5198 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_CREATION_VERSION
,
5199 sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &version
, tx
) != 0) {
5200 cmn_err(CE_PANIC
, "failed to add pool version");
5203 /* Newly created pools with the right version are always deflated. */
5204 if (version
>= SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE
) {
5205 spa
->spa_deflate
= TRUE
;
5206 if (zap_add(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
5207 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_DEFLATE
,
5208 sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &spa
->spa_deflate
, tx
) != 0) {
5209 cmn_err(CE_PANIC
, "failed to add deflate");
5214 * Create the deferred-free bpobj. Turn off compression
5215 * because sync-to-convergence takes longer if the blocksize
5218 obj
= bpobj_alloc(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, 1 << 14, tx
);
5219 dmu_object_set_compress(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, obj
,
5220 ZIO_COMPRESS_OFF
, tx
);
5221 if (zap_add(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
5222 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_SYNC_BPOBJ
,
5223 sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &obj
, tx
) != 0) {
5224 cmn_err(CE_PANIC
, "failed to add bpobj");
5226 VERIFY3U(0, ==, bpobj_open(&spa
->spa_deferred_bpobj
,
5227 spa
->spa_meta_objset
, obj
));
5230 * Generate some random noise for salted checksums to operate on.
5232 (void) random_get_pseudo_bytes(spa
->spa_cksum_salt
.zcs_bytes
,
5233 sizeof (spa
->spa_cksum_salt
.zcs_bytes
));
5236 * Set pool properties.
5238 spa
->spa_bootfs
= zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS
);
5239 spa
->spa_delegation
= zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION
);
5240 spa
->spa_failmode
= zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE
);
5241 spa
->spa_autoexpand
= zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND
);
5242 spa
->spa_multihost
= zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_MULTIHOST
);
5244 if (props
!= NULL
) {
5245 spa_configfile_set(spa
, props
, B_FALSE
);
5246 spa_sync_props(props
, tx
);
5252 * If the root dataset is encrypted we will need to create key mappings
5253 * for the zio layer before we start to write any data to disk and hold
5254 * them until after the first txg has been synced. Waiting for the first
5255 * transaction to complete also ensures that our bean counters are
5256 * appropriately updated.
5258 if (dp
->dp_root_dir
->dd_crypto_obj
!= 0) {
5259 root_dsobj
= dsl_dir_phys(dp
->dp_root_dir
)->dd_head_dataset_obj
;
5260 VERIFY0(spa_keystore_create_mapping_impl(spa
, root_dsobj
,
5261 dp
->dp_root_dir
, FTAG
));
5264 spa
->spa_sync_on
= B_TRUE
;
5266 mmp_thread_start(spa
);
5267 txg_wait_synced(dp
, txg
);
5269 if (dp
->dp_root_dir
->dd_crypto_obj
!= 0)
5270 VERIFY0(spa_keystore_remove_mapping(spa
, root_dsobj
, FTAG
));
5272 spa_spawn_aux_threads(spa
);
5274 spa_write_cachefile(spa
, B_FALSE
, B_TRUE
);
5277 * Don't count references from objsets that are already closed
5278 * and are making their way through the eviction process.
5280 spa_evicting_os_wait(spa
);
5281 spa
->spa_minref
= zfs_refcount_count(&spa
->spa_refcount
);
5282 spa
->spa_load_state
= SPA_LOAD_NONE
;
5284 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5290 * Import a non-root pool into the system.
5293 spa_import(char *pool
, nvlist_t
*config
, nvlist_t
*props
, uint64_t flags
)
5296 char *altroot
= NULL
;
5297 spa_load_state_t state
= SPA_LOAD_IMPORT
;
5298 zpool_load_policy_t policy
;
5299 uint64_t mode
= spa_mode_global
;
5300 uint64_t readonly
= B_FALSE
;
5303 nvlist_t
**spares
, **l2cache
;
5304 uint_t nspares
, nl2cache
;
5307 * If a pool with this name exists, return failure.
5309 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5310 if (spa_lookup(pool
) != NULL
) {
5311 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5312 return (SET_ERROR(EEXIST
));
5316 * Create and initialize the spa structure.
5318 (void) nvlist_lookup_string(props
,
5319 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT
), &altroot
);
5320 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(props
,
5321 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY
), &readonly
);
5324 spa
= spa_add(pool
, config
, altroot
);
5325 spa
->spa_import_flags
= flags
;
5328 * Verbatim import - Take a pool and insert it into the namespace
5329 * as if it had been loaded at boot.
5331 if (spa
->spa_import_flags
& ZFS_IMPORT_VERBATIM
) {
5333 spa_configfile_set(spa
, props
, B_FALSE
);
5335 spa_write_cachefile(spa
, B_FALSE
, B_TRUE
);
5336 spa_event_notify(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_POOL_IMPORT
);
5337 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_import: verbatim import of %s", pool
);
5338 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5342 spa_activate(spa
, mode
);
5345 * Don't start async tasks until we know everything is healthy.
5347 spa_async_suspend(spa
);
5349 zpool_get_load_policy(config
, &policy
);
5350 if (policy
.zlp_rewind
& ZPOOL_DO_REWIND
)
5351 state
= SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
;
5353 spa
->spa_config_source
= SPA_CONFIG_SRC_TRYIMPORT
;
5355 if (state
!= SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
) {
5356 spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg
= spa
->spa_load_txg
= 0;
5357 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_import: importing %s", pool
);
5359 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_import: importing %s, max_txg=%lld "
5360 "(RECOVERY MODE)", pool
, (longlong_t
)policy
.zlp_txg
);
5362 error
= spa_load_best(spa
, state
, policy
.zlp_txg
, policy
.zlp_rewind
);
5365 * Propagate anything learned while loading the pool and pass it
5366 * back to caller (i.e. rewind info, missing devices, etc).
5368 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO
,
5369 spa
->spa_load_info
) == 0);
5371 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
5373 * Toss any existing sparelist, as it doesn't have any validity
5374 * anymore, and conflicts with spa_has_spare().
5376 if (spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
) {
5377 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
);
5378 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
= NULL
;
5379 spa_load_spares(spa
);
5381 if (spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
) {
5382 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
);
5383 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
= NULL
;
5384 spa_load_l2cache(spa
);
5387 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE
,
5389 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
5392 spa_configfile_set(spa
, props
, B_FALSE
);
5394 if (error
!= 0 || (props
&& spa_writeable(spa
) &&
5395 (error
= spa_prop_set(spa
, props
)))) {
5397 spa_deactivate(spa
);
5399 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5403 spa_async_resume(spa
);
5406 * Override any spares and level 2 cache devices as specified by
5407 * the user, as these may have correct device names/devids, etc.
5409 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
,
5410 &spares
, &nspares
) == 0) {
5411 if (spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
)
5412 VERIFY(nvlist_remove(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
,
5413 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY
) == 0);
5415 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
,
5416 NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
) == 0);
5417 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
,
5418 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, spares
, nspares
) == 0);
5419 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
5420 spa_load_spares(spa
);
5421 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
5422 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_sync
= B_TRUE
;
5424 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
,
5425 &l2cache
, &nl2cache
) == 0) {
5426 if (spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
)
5427 VERIFY(nvlist_remove(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
,
5428 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY
) == 0);
5430 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
,
5431 NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
) == 0);
5432 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
,
5433 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, l2cache
, nl2cache
) == 0);
5434 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
5435 spa_load_l2cache(spa
);
5436 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
5437 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_sync
= B_TRUE
;
5441 * Check for any removed devices.
5443 if (spa
->spa_autoreplace
) {
5444 spa_aux_check_removed(&spa
->spa_spares
);
5445 spa_aux_check_removed(&spa
->spa_l2cache
);
5448 if (spa_writeable(spa
)) {
5450 * Update the config cache to include the newly-imported pool.
5452 spa_config_update(spa
, SPA_CONFIG_UPDATE_POOL
);
5456 * It's possible that the pool was expanded while it was exported.
5457 * We kick off an async task to handle this for us.
5459 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_AUTOEXPAND
);
5461 spa_history_log_version(spa
, "import", NULL
);
5463 spa_event_notify(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_POOL_IMPORT
);
5465 zvol_create_minors(spa
, pool
, B_TRUE
);
5467 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5473 spa_tryimport(nvlist_t
*tryconfig
)
5475 nvlist_t
*config
= NULL
;
5476 char *poolname
, *cachefile
;
5480 zpool_load_policy_t policy
;
5482 if (nvlist_lookup_string(tryconfig
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME
, &poolname
))
5485 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(tryconfig
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE
, &state
))
5489 * Create and initialize the spa structure.
5491 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5492 spa
= spa_add(TRYIMPORT_NAME
, tryconfig
, NULL
);
5493 spa_activate(spa
, FREAD
);
5496 * Rewind pool if a max txg was provided.
5498 zpool_get_load_policy(spa
->spa_config
, &policy
);
5499 if (policy
.zlp_txg
!= UINT64_MAX
) {
5500 spa
->spa_load_max_txg
= policy
.zlp_txg
;
5501 spa
->spa_extreme_rewind
= B_TRUE
;
5502 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_tryimport: importing %s, max_txg=%lld",
5503 poolname
, (longlong_t
)policy
.zlp_txg
);
5505 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_tryimport: importing %s", poolname
);
5508 if (nvlist_lookup_string(tryconfig
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CACHEFILE
, &cachefile
)
5510 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_tryimport: using cachefile '%s'", cachefile
);
5511 spa
->spa_config_source
= SPA_CONFIG_SRC_CACHEFILE
;
5513 spa
->spa_config_source
= SPA_CONFIG_SRC_SCAN
;
5516 error
= spa_load(spa
, SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING
);
5519 * If 'tryconfig' was at least parsable, return the current config.
5521 if (spa
->spa_root_vdev
!= NULL
) {
5522 config
= spa_config_generate(spa
, NULL
, -1ULL, B_TRUE
);
5523 VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME
,
5525 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE
,
5527 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_TIMESTAMP
,
5528 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_timestamp
) == 0);
5529 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO
,
5530 spa
->spa_load_info
) == 0);
5531 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_ERRATA
,
5532 spa
->spa_errata
) == 0);
5535 * If the bootfs property exists on this pool then we
5536 * copy it out so that external consumers can tell which
5537 * pools are bootable.
5539 if ((!error
|| error
== EEXIST
) && spa
->spa_bootfs
) {
5540 char *tmpname
= kmem_alloc(MAXPATHLEN
, KM_SLEEP
);
5543 * We have to play games with the name since the
5544 * pool was opened as TRYIMPORT_NAME.
5546 if (dsl_dsobj_to_dsname(spa_name(spa
),
5547 spa
->spa_bootfs
, tmpname
) == 0) {
5551 dsname
= kmem_alloc(MAXPATHLEN
, KM_SLEEP
);
5553 cp
= strchr(tmpname
, '/');
5555 (void) strlcpy(dsname
, tmpname
,
5558 (void) snprintf(dsname
, MAXPATHLEN
,
5559 "%s/%s", poolname
, ++cp
);
5561 VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(config
,
5562 ZPOOL_CONFIG_BOOTFS
, dsname
) == 0);
5563 kmem_free(dsname
, MAXPATHLEN
);
5565 kmem_free(tmpname
, MAXPATHLEN
);
5569 * Add the list of hot spares and level 2 cache devices.
5571 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
5572 spa_add_spares(spa
, config
);
5573 spa_add_l2cache(spa
, config
);
5574 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
5578 spa_deactivate(spa
);
5580 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5586 * Pool export/destroy
5588 * The act of destroying or exporting a pool is very simple. We make sure there
5589 * is no more pending I/O and any references to the pool are gone. Then, we
5590 * update the pool state and sync all the labels to disk, removing the
5591 * configuration from the cache afterwards. If the 'hardforce' flag is set, then
5592 * we don't sync the labels or remove the configuration cache.
5595 spa_export_common(char *pool
, int new_state
, nvlist_t
**oldconfig
,
5596 boolean_t force
, boolean_t hardforce
)
5603 if (!(spa_mode_global
& FWRITE
))
5604 return (SET_ERROR(EROFS
));
5606 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5607 if ((spa
= spa_lookup(pool
)) == NULL
) {
5608 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5609 return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT
));
5613 * Put a hold on the pool, drop the namespace lock, stop async tasks,
5614 * reacquire the namespace lock, and see if we can export.
5616 spa_open_ref(spa
, FTAG
);
5617 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5618 spa_async_suspend(spa
);
5619 if (spa
->spa_zvol_taskq
) {
5620 zvol_remove_minors(spa
, spa_name(spa
), B_TRUE
);
5621 taskq_wait(spa
->spa_zvol_taskq
);
5623 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5624 spa_close(spa
, FTAG
);
5626 if (spa
->spa_state
== POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
)
5629 * The pool will be in core if it's openable, in which case we can
5630 * modify its state. Objsets may be open only because they're dirty,
5631 * so we have to force it to sync before checking spa_refcnt.
5633 if (spa
->spa_sync_on
) {
5634 txg_wait_synced(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, 0);
5635 spa_evicting_os_wait(spa
);
5639 * A pool cannot be exported or destroyed if there are active
5640 * references. If we are resetting a pool, allow references by
5641 * fault injection handlers.
5643 if (!spa_refcount_zero(spa
) ||
5644 (spa
->spa_inject_ref
!= 0 &&
5645 new_state
!= POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
)) {
5646 spa_async_resume(spa
);
5647 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5648 return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY
));
5651 if (spa
->spa_sync_on
) {
5653 * A pool cannot be exported if it has an active shared spare.
5654 * This is to prevent other pools stealing the active spare
5655 * from an exported pool. At user's own will, such pool can
5656 * be forcedly exported.
5658 if (!force
&& new_state
== POOL_STATE_EXPORTED
&&
5659 spa_has_active_shared_spare(spa
)) {
5660 spa_async_resume(spa
);
5661 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5662 return (SET_ERROR(EXDEV
));
5666 * We want this to be reflected on every label,
5667 * so mark them all dirty. spa_unload() will do the
5668 * final sync that pushes these changes out.
5670 if (new_state
!= POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
&& !hardforce
) {
5671 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
5672 spa
->spa_state
= new_state
;
5673 spa
->spa_final_txg
= spa_last_synced_txg(spa
) +
5675 vdev_config_dirty(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
5676 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
5681 if (new_state
== POOL_STATE_DESTROYED
)
5682 spa_event_notify(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_POOL_DESTROY
);
5683 else if (new_state
== POOL_STATE_EXPORTED
)
5684 spa_event_notify(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_POOL_EXPORT
);
5686 if (spa
->spa_state
!= POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
) {
5688 spa_deactivate(spa
);
5691 if (oldconfig
&& spa
->spa_config
)
5692 VERIFY(nvlist_dup(spa
->spa_config
, oldconfig
, 0) == 0);
5694 if (new_state
!= POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
) {
5696 spa_write_cachefile(spa
, B_TRUE
, B_TRUE
);
5699 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5705 * Destroy a storage pool.
5708 spa_destroy(char *pool
)
5710 return (spa_export_common(pool
, POOL_STATE_DESTROYED
, NULL
,
5715 * Export a storage pool.
5718 spa_export(char *pool
, nvlist_t
**oldconfig
, boolean_t force
,
5719 boolean_t hardforce
)
5721 return (spa_export_common(pool
, POOL_STATE_EXPORTED
, oldconfig
,
5726 * Similar to spa_export(), this unloads the spa_t without actually removing it
5727 * from the namespace in any way.
5730 spa_reset(char *pool
)
5732 return (spa_export_common(pool
, POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
, NULL
,
5737 * ==========================================================================
5738 * Device manipulation
5739 * ==========================================================================
5743 * Add a device to a storage pool.
5746 spa_vdev_add(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*nvroot
)
5750 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
5752 nvlist_t
**spares
, **l2cache
;
5753 uint_t nspares
, nl2cache
;
5755 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
5757 txg
= spa_vdev_enter(spa
);
5759 if ((error
= spa_config_parse(spa
, &vd
, nvroot
, NULL
, 0,
5760 VDEV_ALLOC_ADD
)) != 0)
5761 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, error
));
5763 spa
->spa_pending_vdev
= vd
; /* spa_vdev_exit() will clear this */
5765 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, &spares
,
5769 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, &l2cache
,
5773 if (vd
->vdev_children
== 0 && nspares
== 0 && nl2cache
== 0)
5774 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
, txg
, EINVAL
));
5776 if (vd
->vdev_children
!= 0 &&
5777 (error
= vdev_create(vd
, txg
, B_FALSE
)) != 0)
5778 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
, txg
, error
));
5781 * We must validate the spares and l2cache devices after checking the
5782 * children. Otherwise, vdev_inuse() will blindly overwrite the spare.
5784 if ((error
= spa_validate_aux(spa
, nvroot
, txg
, VDEV_ALLOC_ADD
)) != 0)
5785 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
, txg
, error
));
5788 * If we are in the middle of a device removal, we can only add
5789 * devices which match the existing devices in the pool.
5790 * If we are in the middle of a removal, or have some indirect
5791 * vdevs, we can not add raidz toplevels.
5793 if (spa
->spa_vdev_removal
!= NULL
||
5794 spa
->spa_removing_phys
.sr_prev_indirect_vdev
!= -1) {
5795 for (int c
= 0; c
< vd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
5796 tvd
= vd
->vdev_child
[c
];
5797 if (spa
->spa_vdev_removal
!= NULL
&&
5798 tvd
->vdev_ashift
!= spa
->spa_max_ashift
) {
5799 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
, txg
, EINVAL
));
5801 /* Fail if top level vdev is raidz */
5802 if (tvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_raidz_ops
) {
5803 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
, txg
, EINVAL
));
5806 * Need the top level mirror to be
5807 * a mirror of leaf vdevs only
5809 if (tvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_mirror_ops
) {
5810 for (uint64_t cid
= 0;
5811 cid
< tvd
->vdev_children
; cid
++) {
5812 vdev_t
*cvd
= tvd
->vdev_child
[cid
];
5813 if (!cvd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
) {
5814 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
,
5822 for (int c
= 0; c
< vd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
5825 * Set the vdev id to the first hole, if one exists.
5827 for (id
= 0; id
< rvd
->vdev_children
; id
++) {
5828 if (rvd
->vdev_child
[id
]->vdev_ishole
) {
5829 vdev_free(rvd
->vdev_child
[id
]);
5833 tvd
= vd
->vdev_child
[c
];
5834 vdev_remove_child(vd
, tvd
);
5836 vdev_add_child(rvd
, tvd
);
5837 vdev_config_dirty(tvd
);
5841 spa_set_aux_vdevs(&spa
->spa_spares
, spares
, nspares
,
5842 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
);
5843 spa_load_spares(spa
);
5844 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_sync
= B_TRUE
;
5847 if (nl2cache
!= 0) {
5848 spa_set_aux_vdevs(&spa
->spa_l2cache
, l2cache
, nl2cache
,
5849 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
);
5850 spa_load_l2cache(spa
);
5851 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_sync
= B_TRUE
;
5855 * We have to be careful when adding new vdevs to an existing pool.
5856 * If other threads start allocating from these vdevs before we
5857 * sync the config cache, and we lose power, then upon reboot we may
5858 * fail to open the pool because there are DVAs that the config cache
5859 * can't translate. Therefore, we first add the vdevs without
5860 * initializing metaslabs; sync the config cache (via spa_vdev_exit());
5861 * and then let spa_config_update() initialize the new metaslabs.
5863 * spa_load() checks for added-but-not-initialized vdevs, so that
5864 * if we lose power at any point in this sequence, the remaining
5865 * steps will be completed the next time we load the pool.
5867 (void) spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
, txg
, 0);
5869 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5870 spa_config_update(spa
, SPA_CONFIG_UPDATE_POOL
);
5871 spa_event_notify(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_ADD
);
5872 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5878 * Attach a device to a mirror. The arguments are the path to any device
5879 * in the mirror, and the nvroot for the new device. If the path specifies
5880 * a device that is not mirrored, we automatically insert the mirror vdev.
5882 * If 'replacing' is specified, the new device is intended to replace the
5883 * existing device; in this case the two devices are made into their own
5884 * mirror using the 'replacing' vdev, which is functionally identical to
5885 * the mirror vdev (it actually reuses all the same ops) but has a few
5886 * extra rules: you can't attach to it after it's been created, and upon
5887 * completion of resilvering, the first disk (the one being replaced)
5888 * is automatically detached.
5891 spa_vdev_attach(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
, nvlist_t
*nvroot
, int replacing
)
5893 uint64_t txg
, dtl_max_txg
;
5894 ASSERTV(vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
5895 vdev_t
*oldvd
, *newvd
, *newrootvd
, *pvd
, *tvd
;
5897 char *oldvdpath
, *newvdpath
;
5901 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
5903 txg
= spa_vdev_enter(spa
);
5905 oldvd
= spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, guid
, B_FALSE
);
5907 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
5908 if (spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT
)) {
5909 error
= (spa_has_checkpoint(spa
)) ?
5910 ZFS_ERR_CHECKPOINT_EXISTS
: ZFS_ERR_DISCARDING_CHECKPOINT
;
5911 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, error
));
5914 if (spa
->spa_vdev_removal
!= NULL
)
5915 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, EBUSY
));
5918 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, ENODEV
));
5920 if (!oldvd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
)
5921 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
5923 pvd
= oldvd
->vdev_parent
;
5925 if ((error
= spa_config_parse(spa
, &newrootvd
, nvroot
, NULL
, 0,
5926 VDEV_ALLOC_ATTACH
)) != 0)
5927 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, EINVAL
));
5929 if (newrootvd
->vdev_children
!= 1)
5930 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, EINVAL
));
5932 newvd
= newrootvd
->vdev_child
[0];
5934 if (!newvd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
)
5935 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, EINVAL
));
5937 if ((error
= vdev_create(newrootvd
, txg
, replacing
)) != 0)
5938 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, error
));
5941 * Spares can't replace logs
5943 if (oldvd
->vdev_top
->vdev_islog
&& newvd
->vdev_isspare
)
5944 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
5948 * For attach, the only allowable parent is a mirror or the root
5951 if (pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_mirror_ops
&&
5952 pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_root_ops
)
5953 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
5955 pvops
= &vdev_mirror_ops
;
5958 * Active hot spares can only be replaced by inactive hot
5961 if (pvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_spare_ops
&&
5962 oldvd
->vdev_isspare
&&
5963 !spa_has_spare(spa
, newvd
->vdev_guid
))
5964 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
5967 * If the source is a hot spare, and the parent isn't already a
5968 * spare, then we want to create a new hot spare. Otherwise, we
5969 * want to create a replacing vdev. The user is not allowed to
5970 * attach to a spared vdev child unless the 'isspare' state is
5971 * the same (spare replaces spare, non-spare replaces
5974 if (pvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_replacing_ops
&&
5975 spa_version(spa
) < SPA_VERSION_MULTI_REPLACE
) {
5976 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
5977 } else if (pvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_spare_ops
&&
5978 newvd
->vdev_isspare
!= oldvd
->vdev_isspare
) {
5979 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
5982 if (newvd
->vdev_isspare
)
5983 pvops
= &vdev_spare_ops
;
5985 pvops
= &vdev_replacing_ops
;
5989 * Make sure the new device is big enough.
5991 if (newvd
->vdev_asize
< vdev_get_min_asize(oldvd
))
5992 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, EOVERFLOW
));
5995 * The new device cannot have a higher alignment requirement
5996 * than the top-level vdev.
5998 if (newvd
->vdev_ashift
> oldvd
->vdev_top
->vdev_ashift
)
5999 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, EDOM
));
6002 * If this is an in-place replacement, update oldvd's path and devid
6003 * to make it distinguishable from newvd, and unopenable from now on.
6005 if (strcmp(oldvd
->vdev_path
, newvd
->vdev_path
) == 0) {
6006 spa_strfree(oldvd
->vdev_path
);
6007 oldvd
->vdev_path
= kmem_alloc(strlen(newvd
->vdev_path
) + 5,
6009 (void) sprintf(oldvd
->vdev_path
, "%s/%s",
6010 newvd
->vdev_path
, "old");
6011 if (oldvd
->vdev_devid
!= NULL
) {
6012 spa_strfree(oldvd
->vdev_devid
);
6013 oldvd
->vdev_devid
= NULL
;
6017 /* mark the device being resilvered */
6018 newvd
->vdev_resilver_txg
= txg
;
6021 * If the parent is not a mirror, or if we're replacing, insert the new
6022 * mirror/replacing/spare vdev above oldvd.
6024 if (pvd
->vdev_ops
!= pvops
)
6025 pvd
= vdev_add_parent(oldvd
, pvops
);
6027 ASSERT(pvd
->vdev_top
->vdev_parent
== rvd
);
6028 ASSERT(pvd
->vdev_ops
== pvops
);
6029 ASSERT(oldvd
->vdev_parent
== pvd
);
6032 * Extract the new device from its root and add it to pvd.
6034 vdev_remove_child(newrootvd
, newvd
);
6035 newvd
->vdev_id
= pvd
->vdev_children
;
6036 newvd
->vdev_crtxg
= oldvd
->vdev_crtxg
;
6037 vdev_add_child(pvd
, newvd
);
6040 * Reevaluate the parent vdev state.
6042 vdev_propagate_state(pvd
);
6044 tvd
= newvd
->vdev_top
;
6045 ASSERT(pvd
->vdev_top
== tvd
);
6046 ASSERT(tvd
->vdev_parent
== rvd
);
6048 vdev_config_dirty(tvd
);
6051 * Set newvd's DTL to [TXG_INITIAL, dtl_max_txg) so that we account
6052 * for any dmu_sync-ed blocks. It will propagate upward when
6053 * spa_vdev_exit() calls vdev_dtl_reassess().
6055 dtl_max_txg
= txg
+ TXG_CONCURRENT_STATES
;
6057 vdev_dtl_dirty(newvd
, DTL_MISSING
, TXG_INITIAL
,
6058 dtl_max_txg
- TXG_INITIAL
);
6060 if (newvd
->vdev_isspare
) {
6061 spa_spare_activate(newvd
);
6062 spa_event_notify(spa
, newvd
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_SPARE
);
6065 oldvdpath
= spa_strdup(oldvd
->vdev_path
);
6066 newvdpath
= spa_strdup(newvd
->vdev_path
);
6067 newvd_isspare
= newvd
->vdev_isspare
;
6070 * Mark newvd's DTL dirty in this txg.
6072 vdev_dirty(tvd
, VDD_DTL
, newvd
, txg
);
6075 * Schedule the resilver to restart in the future. We do this to
6076 * ensure that dmu_sync-ed blocks have been stitched into the
6077 * respective datasets.
6079 dsl_resilver_restart(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, dtl_max_txg
);
6081 if (spa
->spa_bootfs
)
6082 spa_event_notify(spa
, newvd
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_BOOTFS_VDEV_ATTACH
);
6084 spa_event_notify(spa
, newvd
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_ATTACH
);
6089 (void) spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, dtl_max_txg
, 0);
6091 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "vdev attach", NULL
,
6092 "%s vdev=%s %s vdev=%s",
6093 replacing
&& newvd_isspare
? "spare in" :
6094 replacing
? "replace" : "attach", newvdpath
,
6095 replacing
? "for" : "to", oldvdpath
);
6097 spa_strfree(oldvdpath
);
6098 spa_strfree(newvdpath
);
6104 * Detach a device from a mirror or replacing vdev.
6106 * If 'replace_done' is specified, only detach if the parent
6107 * is a replacing vdev.
6110 spa_vdev_detach(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
, uint64_t pguid
, int replace_done
)
6114 ASSERTV(vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
6115 vdev_t
*vd
, *pvd
, *cvd
, *tvd
;
6116 boolean_t unspare
= B_FALSE
;
6117 uint64_t unspare_guid
= 0;
6120 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
6122 txg
= spa_vdev_enter(spa
);
6124 vd
= spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, guid
, B_FALSE
);
6127 * Besides being called directly from the userland through the
6128 * ioctl interface, spa_vdev_detach() can be potentially called
6129 * at the end of spa_vdev_resilver_done().
6131 * In the regular case, when we have a checkpoint this shouldn't
6132 * happen as we never empty the DTLs of a vdev during the scrub
6133 * [see comment in dsl_scan_done()]. Thus spa_vdev_resilvering_done()
6134 * should never get here when we have a checkpoint.
6136 * That said, even in a case when we checkpoint the pool exactly
6137 * as spa_vdev_resilver_done() calls this function everything
6138 * should be fine as the resilver will return right away.
6140 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
6141 if (spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT
)) {
6142 error
= (spa_has_checkpoint(spa
)) ?
6143 ZFS_ERR_CHECKPOINT_EXISTS
: ZFS_ERR_DISCARDING_CHECKPOINT
;
6144 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, error
));
6148 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, ENODEV
));
6150 if (!vd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
)
6151 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6153 pvd
= vd
->vdev_parent
;
6156 * If the parent/child relationship is not as expected, don't do it.
6157 * Consider M(A,R(B,C)) -- that is, a mirror of A with a replacing
6158 * vdev that's replacing B with C. The user's intent in replacing
6159 * is to go from M(A,B) to M(A,C). If the user decides to cancel
6160 * the replace by detaching C, the expected behavior is to end up
6161 * M(A,B). But suppose that right after deciding to detach C,
6162 * the replacement of B completes. We would have M(A,C), and then
6163 * ask to detach C, which would leave us with just A -- not what
6164 * the user wanted. To prevent this, we make sure that the
6165 * parent/child relationship hasn't changed -- in this example,
6166 * that C's parent is still the replacing vdev R.
6168 if (pvd
->vdev_guid
!= pguid
&& pguid
!= 0)
6169 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, EBUSY
));
6172 * Only 'replacing' or 'spare' vdevs can be replaced.
6174 if (replace_done
&& pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_replacing_ops
&&
6175 pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_spare_ops
)
6176 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6178 ASSERT(pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_spare_ops
||
6179 spa_version(spa
) >= SPA_VERSION_SPARES
);
6182 * Only mirror, replacing, and spare vdevs support detach.
6184 if (pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_replacing_ops
&&
6185 pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_mirror_ops
&&
6186 pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_spare_ops
)
6187 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6190 * If this device has the only valid copy of some data,
6191 * we cannot safely detach it.
6193 if (vdev_dtl_required(vd
))
6194 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, EBUSY
));
6196 ASSERT(pvd
->vdev_children
>= 2);
6199 * If we are detaching the second disk from a replacing vdev, then
6200 * check to see if we changed the original vdev's path to have "/old"
6201 * at the end in spa_vdev_attach(). If so, undo that change now.
6203 if (pvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_replacing_ops
&& vd
->vdev_id
> 0 &&
6204 vd
->vdev_path
!= NULL
) {
6205 size_t len
= strlen(vd
->vdev_path
);
6207 for (int c
= 0; c
< pvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
6208 cvd
= pvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
6210 if (cvd
== vd
|| cvd
->vdev_path
== NULL
)
6213 if (strncmp(cvd
->vdev_path
, vd
->vdev_path
, len
) == 0 &&
6214 strcmp(cvd
->vdev_path
+ len
, "/old") == 0) {
6215 spa_strfree(cvd
->vdev_path
);
6216 cvd
->vdev_path
= spa_strdup(vd
->vdev_path
);
6223 * If we are detaching the original disk from a spare, then it implies
6224 * that the spare should become a real disk, and be removed from the
6225 * active spare list for the pool.
6227 if (pvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_spare_ops
&&
6229 pvd
->vdev_child
[pvd
->vdev_children
- 1]->vdev_isspare
)
6233 * Erase the disk labels so the disk can be used for other things.
6234 * This must be done after all other error cases are handled,
6235 * but before we disembowel vd (so we can still do I/O to it).
6236 * But if we can't do it, don't treat the error as fatal --
6237 * it may be that the unwritability of the disk is the reason
6238 * it's being detached!
6240 error
= vdev_label_init(vd
, 0, VDEV_LABEL_REMOVE
);
6243 * Remove vd from its parent and compact the parent's children.
6245 vdev_remove_child(pvd
, vd
);
6246 vdev_compact_children(pvd
);
6249 * Remember one of the remaining children so we can get tvd below.
6251 cvd
= pvd
->vdev_child
[pvd
->vdev_children
- 1];
6254 * If we need to remove the remaining child from the list of hot spares,
6255 * do it now, marking the vdev as no longer a spare in the process.
6256 * We must do this before vdev_remove_parent(), because that can
6257 * change the GUID if it creates a new toplevel GUID. For a similar
6258 * reason, we must remove the spare now, in the same txg as the detach;
6259 * otherwise someone could attach a new sibling, change the GUID, and
6260 * the subsequent attempt to spa_vdev_remove(unspare_guid) would fail.
6263 ASSERT(cvd
->vdev_isspare
);
6264 spa_spare_remove(cvd
);
6265 unspare_guid
= cvd
->vdev_guid
;
6266 (void) spa_vdev_remove(spa
, unspare_guid
, B_TRUE
);
6267 cvd
->vdev_unspare
= B_TRUE
;
6271 * If the parent mirror/replacing vdev only has one child,
6272 * the parent is no longer needed. Remove it from the tree.
6274 if (pvd
->vdev_children
== 1) {
6275 if (pvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_spare_ops
)
6276 cvd
->vdev_unspare
= B_FALSE
;
6277 vdev_remove_parent(cvd
);
6282 * We don't set tvd until now because the parent we just removed
6283 * may have been the previous top-level vdev.
6285 tvd
= cvd
->vdev_top
;
6286 ASSERT(tvd
->vdev_parent
== rvd
);
6289 * Reevaluate the parent vdev state.
6291 vdev_propagate_state(cvd
);
6294 * If the 'autoexpand' property is set on the pool then automatically
6295 * try to expand the size of the pool. For example if the device we
6296 * just detached was smaller than the others, it may be possible to
6297 * add metaslabs (i.e. grow the pool). We need to reopen the vdev
6298 * first so that we can obtain the updated sizes of the leaf vdevs.
6300 if (spa
->spa_autoexpand
) {
6302 vdev_expand(tvd
, txg
);
6305 vdev_config_dirty(tvd
);
6308 * Mark vd's DTL as dirty in this txg. vdev_dtl_sync() will see that
6309 * vd->vdev_detached is set and free vd's DTL object in syncing context.
6310 * But first make sure we're not on any *other* txg's DTL list, to
6311 * prevent vd from being accessed after it's freed.
6313 vdpath
= spa_strdup(vd
->vdev_path
? vd
->vdev_path
: "none");
6314 for (int t
= 0; t
< TXG_SIZE
; t
++)
6315 (void) txg_list_remove_this(&tvd
->vdev_dtl_list
, vd
, t
);
6316 vd
->vdev_detached
= B_TRUE
;
6317 vdev_dirty(tvd
, VDD_DTL
, vd
, txg
);
6319 spa_event_notify(spa
, vd
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_REMOVE
);
6321 /* hang on to the spa before we release the lock */
6322 spa_open_ref(spa
, FTAG
);
6324 error
= spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
, txg
, 0);
6326 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "detach", NULL
,
6328 spa_strfree(vdpath
);
6331 * If this was the removal of the original device in a hot spare vdev,
6332 * then we want to go through and remove the device from the hot spare
6333 * list of every other pool.
6336 spa_t
*altspa
= NULL
;
6338 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6339 while ((altspa
= spa_next(altspa
)) != NULL
) {
6340 if (altspa
->spa_state
!= POOL_STATE_ACTIVE
||
6344 spa_open_ref(altspa
, FTAG
);
6345 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6346 (void) spa_vdev_remove(altspa
, unspare_guid
, B_TRUE
);
6347 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6348 spa_close(altspa
, FTAG
);
6350 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6352 /* search the rest of the vdevs for spares to remove */
6353 spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa
);
6356 /* all done with the spa; OK to release */
6357 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6358 spa_close(spa
, FTAG
);
6359 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6365 * Split a set of devices from their mirrors, and create a new pool from them.
6368 spa_vdev_split_mirror(spa_t
*spa
, char *newname
, nvlist_t
*config
,
6369 nvlist_t
*props
, boolean_t exp
)
6372 uint64_t txg
, *glist
;
6374 uint_t c
, children
, lastlog
;
6375 nvlist_t
**child
, *nvl
, *tmp
;
6377 char *altroot
= NULL
;
6378 vdev_t
*rvd
, **vml
= NULL
; /* vdev modify list */
6379 boolean_t activate_slog
;
6381 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
6383 txg
= spa_vdev_enter(spa
);
6385 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
6386 if (spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT
)) {
6387 error
= (spa_has_checkpoint(spa
)) ?
6388 ZFS_ERR_CHECKPOINT_EXISTS
: ZFS_ERR_DISCARDING_CHECKPOINT
;
6389 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, error
));
6392 /* clear the log and flush everything up to now */
6393 activate_slog
= spa_passivate_log(spa
);
6394 (void) spa_vdev_config_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, 0, FTAG
);
6395 error
= spa_reset_logs(spa
);
6396 txg
= spa_vdev_config_enter(spa
);
6399 spa_activate_log(spa
);
6402 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, error
));
6404 /* check new spa name before going any further */
6405 if (spa_lookup(newname
) != NULL
)
6406 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, EEXIST
));
6409 * scan through all the children to ensure they're all mirrors
6411 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE
, &nvl
) != 0 ||
6412 nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvl
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN
, &child
,
6414 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, EINVAL
));
6416 /* first, check to ensure we've got the right child count */
6417 rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
6419 for (c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
6420 vdev_t
*vd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
6422 /* don't count the holes & logs as children */
6423 if (vd
->vdev_islog
|| !vdev_is_concrete(vd
)) {
6431 if (children
!= (lastlog
!= 0 ? lastlog
: rvd
->vdev_children
))
6432 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, EINVAL
));
6434 /* next, ensure no spare or cache devices are part of the split */
6435 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(nvl
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, &tmp
) == 0 ||
6436 nvlist_lookup_nvlist(nvl
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, &tmp
) == 0)
6437 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, EINVAL
));
6439 vml
= kmem_zalloc(children
* sizeof (vdev_t
*), KM_SLEEP
);
6440 glist
= kmem_zalloc(children
* sizeof (uint64_t), KM_SLEEP
);
6442 /* then, loop over each vdev and validate it */
6443 for (c
= 0; c
< children
; c
++) {
6444 uint64_t is_hole
= 0;
6446 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(child
[c
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_IS_HOLE
,
6450 if (spa
->spa_root_vdev
->vdev_child
[c
]->vdev_ishole
||
6451 spa
->spa_root_vdev
->vdev_child
[c
]->vdev_islog
) {
6454 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
6459 /* which disk is going to be split? */
6460 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(child
[c
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID
,
6462 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
6466 /* look it up in the spa */
6467 vml
[c
] = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, glist
[c
], B_FALSE
);
6468 if (vml
[c
] == NULL
) {
6469 error
= SET_ERROR(ENODEV
);
6473 /* make sure there's nothing stopping the split */
6474 if (vml
[c
]->vdev_parent
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_mirror_ops
||
6475 vml
[c
]->vdev_islog
||
6476 !vdev_is_concrete(vml
[c
]) ||
6477 vml
[c
]->vdev_isspare
||
6478 vml
[c
]->vdev_isl2cache
||
6479 !vdev_writeable(vml
[c
]) ||
6480 vml
[c
]->vdev_children
!= 0 ||
6481 vml
[c
]->vdev_state
!= VDEV_STATE_HEALTHY
||
6482 c
!= spa
->spa_root_vdev
->vdev_child
[c
]->vdev_id
) {
6483 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
6487 if (vdev_dtl_required(vml
[c
]) ||
6488 vdev_resilver_needed(vml
[c
], NULL
, NULL
)) {
6489 error
= SET_ERROR(EBUSY
);
6493 /* we need certain info from the top level */
6494 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child
[c
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_METASLAB_ARRAY
,
6495 vml
[c
]->vdev_top
->vdev_ms_array
) == 0);
6496 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child
[c
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_METASLAB_SHIFT
,
6497 vml
[c
]->vdev_top
->vdev_ms_shift
) == 0);
6498 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child
[c
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_ASIZE
,
6499 vml
[c
]->vdev_top
->vdev_asize
) == 0);
6500 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child
[c
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_ASHIFT
,
6501 vml
[c
]->vdev_top
->vdev_ashift
) == 0);
6503 /* transfer per-vdev ZAPs */
6504 ASSERT3U(vml
[c
]->vdev_leaf_zap
, !=, 0);
6505 VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(child
[c
],
6506 ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_LEAF_ZAP
, vml
[c
]->vdev_leaf_zap
));
6508 ASSERT3U(vml
[c
]->vdev_top
->vdev_top_zap
, !=, 0);
6509 VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(child
[c
],
6510 ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TOP_ZAP
,
6511 vml
[c
]->vdev_parent
->vdev_top_zap
));
6515 kmem_free(vml
, children
* sizeof (vdev_t
*));
6516 kmem_free(glist
, children
* sizeof (uint64_t));
6517 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, error
));
6520 /* stop writers from using the disks */
6521 for (c
= 0; c
< children
; c
++) {
6523 vml
[c
]->vdev_offline
= B_TRUE
;
6525 vdev_reopen(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
6528 * Temporarily record the splitting vdevs in the spa config. This
6529 * will disappear once the config is regenerated.
6531 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nvl
, NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
) == 0);
6532 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64_array(nvl
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT_LIST
,
6533 glist
, children
) == 0);
6534 kmem_free(glist
, children
* sizeof (uint64_t));
6536 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_props_lock
);
6537 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(spa
->spa_config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT
,
6539 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_props_lock
);
6540 spa
->spa_config_splitting
= nvl
;
6541 vdev_config_dirty(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
6543 /* configure and create the new pool */
6544 VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME
, newname
) == 0);
6545 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE
,
6546 exp
? POOL_STATE_EXPORTED
: POOL_STATE_ACTIVE
) == 0);
6547 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION
,
6548 spa_version(spa
)) == 0);
6549 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG
,
6550 spa
->spa_config_txg
) == 0);
6551 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID
,
6552 spa_generate_guid(NULL
)) == 0);
6553 VERIFY0(nvlist_add_boolean(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HAS_PER_VDEV_ZAPS
));
6554 (void) nvlist_lookup_string(props
,
6555 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT
), &altroot
);
6557 /* add the new pool to the namespace */
6558 newspa
= spa_add(newname
, config
, altroot
);
6559 newspa
->spa_avz_action
= AVZ_ACTION_REBUILD
;
6560 newspa
->spa_config_txg
= spa
->spa_config_txg
;
6561 spa_set_log_state(newspa
, SPA_LOG_CLEAR
);
6563 /* release the spa config lock, retaining the namespace lock */
6564 spa_vdev_config_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, 0, FTAG
);
6566 if (zio_injection_enabled
)
6567 zio_handle_panic_injection(spa
, FTAG
, 1);
6569 spa_activate(newspa
, spa_mode_global
);
6570 spa_async_suspend(newspa
);
6572 newspa
->spa_config_source
= SPA_CONFIG_SRC_SPLIT
;
6574 /* create the new pool from the disks of the original pool */
6575 error
= spa_load(newspa
, SPA_LOAD_IMPORT
, SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
);
6579 /* if that worked, generate a real config for the new pool */
6580 if (newspa
->spa_root_vdev
!= NULL
) {
6581 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&newspa
->spa_config_splitting
,
6582 NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
) == 0);
6583 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(newspa
->spa_config_splitting
,
6584 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT_GUID
, spa_guid(spa
)) == 0);
6585 spa_config_set(newspa
, spa_config_generate(newspa
, NULL
, -1ULL,
6590 if (props
!= NULL
) {
6591 spa_configfile_set(newspa
, props
, B_FALSE
);
6592 error
= spa_prop_set(newspa
, props
);
6597 /* flush everything */
6598 txg
= spa_vdev_config_enter(newspa
);
6599 vdev_config_dirty(newspa
->spa_root_vdev
);
6600 (void) spa_vdev_config_exit(newspa
, NULL
, txg
, 0, FTAG
);
6602 if (zio_injection_enabled
)
6603 zio_handle_panic_injection(spa
, FTAG
, 2);
6605 spa_async_resume(newspa
);
6607 /* finally, update the original pool's config */
6608 txg
= spa_vdev_config_enter(spa
);
6609 tx
= dmu_tx_create_dd(spa_get_dsl(spa
)->dp_mos_dir
);
6610 error
= dmu_tx_assign(tx
, TXG_WAIT
);
6613 for (c
= 0; c
< children
; c
++) {
6614 if (vml
[c
] != NULL
) {
6617 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "detach", tx
,
6618 "vdev=%s", vml
[c
]->vdev_path
);
6623 spa
->spa_avz_action
= AVZ_ACTION_REBUILD
;
6624 vdev_config_dirty(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
6625 spa
->spa_config_splitting
= NULL
;
6629 (void) spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, 0);
6631 if (zio_injection_enabled
)
6632 zio_handle_panic_injection(spa
, FTAG
, 3);
6634 /* split is complete; log a history record */
6635 spa_history_log_internal(newspa
, "split", NULL
,
6636 "from pool %s", spa_name(spa
));
6638 kmem_free(vml
, children
* sizeof (vdev_t
*));
6640 /* if we're not going to mount the filesystems in userland, export */
6642 error
= spa_export_common(newname
, POOL_STATE_EXPORTED
, NULL
,
6649 spa_deactivate(newspa
);
6652 txg
= spa_vdev_config_enter(spa
);
6654 /* re-online all offlined disks */
6655 for (c
= 0; c
< children
; c
++) {
6657 vml
[c
]->vdev_offline
= B_FALSE
;
6659 vdev_reopen(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
6661 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_config_splitting
);
6662 spa
->spa_config_splitting
= NULL
;
6663 (void) spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, error
);
6665 kmem_free(vml
, children
* sizeof (vdev_t
*));
6670 * Find any device that's done replacing, or a vdev marked 'unspare' that's
6671 * currently spared, so we can detach it.
6674 spa_vdev_resilver_done_hunt(vdev_t
*vd
)
6676 vdev_t
*newvd
, *oldvd
;
6678 for (int c
= 0; c
< vd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
6679 oldvd
= spa_vdev_resilver_done_hunt(vd
->vdev_child
[c
]);
6685 * Check for a completed replacement. We always consider the first
6686 * vdev in the list to be the oldest vdev, and the last one to be
6687 * the newest (see spa_vdev_attach() for how that works). In
6688 * the case where the newest vdev is faulted, we will not automatically
6689 * remove it after a resilver completes. This is OK as it will require
6690 * user intervention to determine which disk the admin wishes to keep.
6692 if (vd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_replacing_ops
) {
6693 ASSERT(vd
->vdev_children
> 1);
6695 newvd
= vd
->vdev_child
[vd
->vdev_children
- 1];
6696 oldvd
= vd
->vdev_child
[0];
6698 if (vdev_dtl_empty(newvd
, DTL_MISSING
) &&
6699 vdev_dtl_empty(newvd
, DTL_OUTAGE
) &&
6700 !vdev_dtl_required(oldvd
))
6705 * Check for a completed resilver with the 'unspare' flag set.
6707 if (vd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_spare_ops
) {
6708 vdev_t
*first
= vd
->vdev_child
[0];
6709 vdev_t
*last
= vd
->vdev_child
[vd
->vdev_children
- 1];
6711 if (last
->vdev_unspare
) {
6714 } else if (first
->vdev_unspare
) {
6721 if (oldvd
!= NULL
&&
6722 vdev_dtl_empty(newvd
, DTL_MISSING
) &&
6723 vdev_dtl_empty(newvd
, DTL_OUTAGE
) &&
6724 !vdev_dtl_required(oldvd
))
6728 * If there are more than two spares attached to a disk,
6729 * and those spares are not required, then we want to
6730 * attempt to free them up now so that they can be used
6731 * by other pools. Once we're back down to a single
6732 * disk+spare, we stop removing them.
6734 if (vd
->vdev_children
> 2) {
6735 newvd
= vd
->vdev_child
[1];
6737 if (newvd
->vdev_isspare
&& last
->vdev_isspare
&&
6738 vdev_dtl_empty(last
, DTL_MISSING
) &&
6739 vdev_dtl_empty(last
, DTL_OUTAGE
) &&
6740 !vdev_dtl_required(newvd
))
6749 spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa_t
*spa
)
6751 vdev_t
*vd
, *pvd
, *ppvd
;
6752 uint64_t guid
, sguid
, pguid
, ppguid
;
6754 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
6756 while ((vd
= spa_vdev_resilver_done_hunt(spa
->spa_root_vdev
)) != NULL
) {
6757 pvd
= vd
->vdev_parent
;
6758 ppvd
= pvd
->vdev_parent
;
6759 guid
= vd
->vdev_guid
;
6760 pguid
= pvd
->vdev_guid
;
6761 ppguid
= ppvd
->vdev_guid
;
6764 * If we have just finished replacing a hot spared device, then
6765 * we need to detach the parent's first child (the original hot
6768 if (ppvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_spare_ops
&& pvd
->vdev_id
== 0 &&
6769 ppvd
->vdev_children
== 2) {
6770 ASSERT(pvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_replacing_ops
);
6771 sguid
= ppvd
->vdev_child
[1]->vdev_guid
;
6773 ASSERT(vd
->vdev_resilver_txg
== 0 || !vdev_dtl_required(vd
));
6775 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
6776 if (spa_vdev_detach(spa
, guid
, pguid
, B_TRUE
) != 0)
6778 if (sguid
&& spa_vdev_detach(spa
, sguid
, ppguid
, B_TRUE
) != 0)
6780 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
6783 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
6787 * Update the stored path or FRU for this vdev.
6790 spa_vdev_set_common(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
, const char *value
,
6794 boolean_t sync
= B_FALSE
;
6796 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
6798 spa_vdev_state_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
);
6800 if ((vd
= spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, guid
, B_TRUE
)) == NULL
)
6801 return (spa_vdev_state_exit(spa
, NULL
, ENOENT
));
6803 if (!vd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
)
6804 return (spa_vdev_state_exit(spa
, NULL
, ENOTSUP
));
6807 if (strcmp(value
, vd
->vdev_path
) != 0) {
6808 spa_strfree(vd
->vdev_path
);
6809 vd
->vdev_path
= spa_strdup(value
);
6813 if (vd
->vdev_fru
== NULL
) {
6814 vd
->vdev_fru
= spa_strdup(value
);
6816 } else if (strcmp(value
, vd
->vdev_fru
) != 0) {
6817 spa_strfree(vd
->vdev_fru
);
6818 vd
->vdev_fru
= spa_strdup(value
);
6823 return (spa_vdev_state_exit(spa
, sync
? vd
: NULL
, 0));
6827 spa_vdev_setpath(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
, const char *newpath
)
6829 return (spa_vdev_set_common(spa
, guid
, newpath
, B_TRUE
));
6833 spa_vdev_setfru(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
, const char *newfru
)
6835 return (spa_vdev_set_common(spa
, guid
, newfru
, B_FALSE
));
6839 * ==========================================================================
6841 * ==========================================================================
6844 spa_scrub_pause_resume(spa_t
*spa
, pool_scrub_cmd_t cmd
)
6846 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALL
, RW_WRITER
) == 0);
6848 if (dsl_scan_resilvering(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
))
6849 return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY
));
6851 return (dsl_scrub_set_pause_resume(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, cmd
));
6855 spa_scan_stop(spa_t
*spa
)
6857 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALL
, RW_WRITER
) == 0);
6858 if (dsl_scan_resilvering(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
))
6859 return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY
));
6860 return (dsl_scan_cancel(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
));
6864 spa_scan(spa_t
*spa
, pool_scan_func_t func
)
6866 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALL
, RW_WRITER
) == 0);
6868 if (func
>= POOL_SCAN_FUNCS
|| func
== POOL_SCAN_NONE
)
6869 return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
));
6872 * If a resilver was requested, but there is no DTL on a
6873 * writeable leaf device, we have nothing to do.
6875 if (func
== POOL_SCAN_RESILVER
&&
6876 !vdev_resilver_needed(spa
->spa_root_vdev
, NULL
, NULL
)) {
6877 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER_DONE
);
6881 return (dsl_scan(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, func
));
6885 * ==========================================================================
6886 * SPA async task processing
6887 * ==========================================================================
6891 spa_async_remove(spa_t
*spa
, vdev_t
*vd
)
6893 if (vd
->vdev_remove_wanted
) {
6894 vd
->vdev_remove_wanted
= B_FALSE
;
6895 vd
->vdev_delayed_close
= B_FALSE
;
6896 vdev_set_state(vd
, B_FALSE
, VDEV_STATE_REMOVED
, VDEV_AUX_NONE
);
6899 * We want to clear the stats, but we don't want to do a full
6900 * vdev_clear() as that will cause us to throw away
6901 * degraded/faulted state as well as attempt to reopen the
6902 * device, all of which is a waste.
6904 vd
->vdev_stat
.vs_read_errors
= 0;
6905 vd
->vdev_stat
.vs_write_errors
= 0;
6906 vd
->vdev_stat
.vs_checksum_errors
= 0;
6908 vdev_state_dirty(vd
->vdev_top
);
6911 for (int c
= 0; c
< vd
->vdev_children
; c
++)
6912 spa_async_remove(spa
, vd
->vdev_child
[c
]);
6916 spa_async_probe(spa_t
*spa
, vdev_t
*vd
)
6918 if (vd
->vdev_probe_wanted
) {
6919 vd
->vdev_probe_wanted
= B_FALSE
;
6920 vdev_reopen(vd
); /* vdev_open() does the actual probe */
6923 for (int c
= 0; c
< vd
->vdev_children
; c
++)
6924 spa_async_probe(spa
, vd
->vdev_child
[c
]);
6928 spa_async_autoexpand(spa_t
*spa
, vdev_t
*vd
)
6930 if (!spa
->spa_autoexpand
)
6933 for (int c
= 0; c
< vd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
6934 vdev_t
*cvd
= vd
->vdev_child
[c
];
6935 spa_async_autoexpand(spa
, cvd
);
6938 if (!vd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
|| vd
->vdev_physpath
== NULL
)
6941 spa_event_notify(vd
->vdev_spa
, vd
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_AUTOEXPAND
);
6945 spa_async_thread(void *arg
)
6947 spa_t
*spa
= (spa_t
*)arg
;
6950 ASSERT(spa
->spa_sync_on
);
6952 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
6953 tasks
= spa
->spa_async_tasks
;
6954 spa
->spa_async_tasks
= 0;
6955 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
6958 * See if the config needs to be updated.
6960 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE
) {
6961 uint64_t old_space
, new_space
;
6963 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6964 old_space
= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_normal_class(spa
));
6965 old_space
+= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_special_class(spa
));
6966 old_space
+= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_dedup_class(spa
));
6968 spa_config_update(spa
, SPA_CONFIG_UPDATE_POOL
);
6970 new_space
= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_normal_class(spa
));
6971 new_space
+= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_special_class(spa
));
6972 new_space
+= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_dedup_class(spa
));
6973 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6976 * If the pool grew as a result of the config update,
6977 * then log an internal history event.
6979 if (new_space
!= old_space
) {
6980 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "vdev online", NULL
,
6981 "pool '%s' size: %llu(+%llu)",
6982 spa_name(spa
), new_space
, new_space
- old_space
);
6987 * See if any devices need to be marked REMOVED.
6989 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_REMOVE
) {
6990 spa_vdev_state_enter(spa
, SCL_NONE
);
6991 spa_async_remove(spa
, spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
6992 for (int i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_count
; i
++)
6993 spa_async_remove(spa
, spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
[i
]);
6994 for (int i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
; i
++)
6995 spa_async_remove(spa
, spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
[i
]);
6996 (void) spa_vdev_state_exit(spa
, NULL
, 0);
6999 if ((tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_AUTOEXPAND
) && !spa_suspended(spa
)) {
7000 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
7001 spa_async_autoexpand(spa
, spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
7002 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
7006 * See if any devices need to be probed.
7008 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_PROBE
) {
7009 spa_vdev_state_enter(spa
, SCL_NONE
);
7010 spa_async_probe(spa
, spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
7011 (void) spa_vdev_state_exit(spa
, NULL
, 0);
7015 * If any devices are done replacing, detach them.
7017 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER_DONE
)
7018 spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa
);
7021 * Kick off a resilver.
7023 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER
)
7024 dsl_resilver_restart(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, 0);
7027 * Let the world know that we're done.
7029 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
7030 spa
->spa_async_thread
= NULL
;
7031 cv_broadcast(&spa
->spa_async_cv
);
7032 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
7037 spa_async_suspend(spa_t
*spa
)
7039 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
7040 spa
->spa_async_suspended
++;
7041 while (spa
->spa_async_thread
!= NULL
)
7042 cv_wait(&spa
->spa_async_cv
, &spa
->spa_async_lock
);
7043 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
7045 spa_vdev_remove_suspend(spa
);
7047 zthr_t
*condense_thread
= spa
->spa_condense_zthr
;
7048 if (condense_thread
!= NULL
&& zthr_isrunning(condense_thread
))
7049 VERIFY0(zthr_cancel(condense_thread
));
7051 zthr_t
*discard_thread
= spa
->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr
;
7052 if (discard_thread
!= NULL
&& zthr_isrunning(discard_thread
))
7053 VERIFY0(zthr_cancel(discard_thread
));
7057 spa_async_resume(spa_t
*spa
)
7059 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
7060 ASSERT(spa
->spa_async_suspended
!= 0);
7061 spa
->spa_async_suspended
--;
7062 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
7063 spa_restart_removal(spa
);
7065 zthr_t
*condense_thread
= spa
->spa_condense_zthr
;
7066 if (condense_thread
!= NULL
&& !zthr_isrunning(condense_thread
))
7067 zthr_resume(condense_thread
);
7069 zthr_t
*discard_thread
= spa
->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr
;
7070 if (discard_thread
!= NULL
&& !zthr_isrunning(discard_thread
))
7071 zthr_resume(discard_thread
);
7075 spa_async_tasks_pending(spa_t
*spa
)
7077 uint_t non_config_tasks
;
7079 boolean_t config_task_suspended
;
7081 non_config_tasks
= spa
->spa_async_tasks
& ~SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE
;
7082 config_task
= spa
->spa_async_tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE
;
7083 if (spa
->spa_ccw_fail_time
== 0) {
7084 config_task_suspended
= B_FALSE
;
7086 config_task_suspended
=
7087 (gethrtime() - spa
->spa_ccw_fail_time
) <
7088 ((hrtime_t
)zfs_ccw_retry_interval
* NANOSEC
);
7091 return (non_config_tasks
|| (config_task
&& !config_task_suspended
));
7095 spa_async_dispatch(spa_t
*spa
)
7097 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
7098 if (spa_async_tasks_pending(spa
) &&
7099 !spa
->spa_async_suspended
&&
7100 spa
->spa_async_thread
== NULL
&&
7102 spa
->spa_async_thread
= thread_create(NULL
, 0,
7103 spa_async_thread
, spa
, 0, &p0
, TS_RUN
, maxclsyspri
);
7104 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
7108 spa_async_request(spa_t
*spa
, int task
)
7110 zfs_dbgmsg("spa=%s async request task=%u", spa
->spa_name
, task
);
7111 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
7112 spa
->spa_async_tasks
|= task
;
7113 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
7117 * ==========================================================================
7118 * SPA syncing routines
7119 * ==========================================================================
7123 bpobj_enqueue_cb(void *arg
, const blkptr_t
*bp
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
7126 bpobj_enqueue(bpo
, bp
, tx
);
7131 spa_free_sync_cb(void *arg
, const blkptr_t
*bp
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
7135 zio_nowait(zio_free_sync(zio
, zio
->io_spa
, dmu_tx_get_txg(tx
), bp
,
7141 * Note: this simple function is not inlined to make it easier to dtrace the
7142 * amount of time spent syncing frees.
7145 spa_sync_frees(spa_t
*spa
, bplist_t
*bpl
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
7147 zio_t
*zio
= zio_root(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
7148 bplist_iterate(bpl
, spa_free_sync_cb
, zio
, tx
);
7149 VERIFY(zio_wait(zio
) == 0);
7153 * Note: this simple function is not inlined to make it easier to dtrace the
7154 * amount of time spent syncing deferred frees.
7157 spa_sync_deferred_frees(spa_t
*spa
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
7159 zio_t
*zio
= zio_root(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
7160 VERIFY3U(bpobj_iterate(&spa
->spa_deferred_bpobj
,
7161 spa_free_sync_cb
, zio
, tx
), ==, 0);
7162 VERIFY0(zio_wait(zio
));
7166 spa_sync_nvlist(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t obj
, nvlist_t
*nv
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
7168 char *packed
= NULL
;
7173 VERIFY(nvlist_size(nv
, &nvsize
, NV_ENCODE_XDR
) == 0);
7176 * Write full (SPA_CONFIG_BLOCKSIZE) blocks of configuration
7177 * information. This avoids the dmu_buf_will_dirty() path and
7178 * saves us a pre-read to get data we don't actually care about.
7180 bufsize
= P2ROUNDUP((uint64_t)nvsize
, SPA_CONFIG_BLOCKSIZE
);
7181 packed
= vmem_alloc(bufsize
, KM_SLEEP
);
7183 VERIFY(nvlist_pack(nv
, &packed
, &nvsize
, NV_ENCODE_XDR
,
7185 bzero(packed
+ nvsize
, bufsize
- nvsize
);
7187 dmu_write(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, obj
, 0, bufsize
, packed
, tx
);
7189 vmem_free(packed
, bufsize
);
7191 VERIFY(0 == dmu_bonus_hold(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, obj
, FTAG
, &db
));
7192 dmu_buf_will_dirty(db
, tx
);
7193 *(uint64_t *)db
->db_data
= nvsize
;
7194 dmu_buf_rele(db
, FTAG
);
7198 spa_sync_aux_dev(spa_t
*spa
, spa_aux_vdev_t
*sav
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
,
7199 const char *config
, const char *entry
)
7209 * Update the MOS nvlist describing the list of available devices.
7210 * spa_validate_aux() will have already made sure this nvlist is
7211 * valid and the vdevs are labeled appropriately.
7213 if (sav
->sav_object
== 0) {
7214 sav
->sav_object
= dmu_object_alloc(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
7215 DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST
, 1 << 14, DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST_SIZE
,
7216 sizeof (uint64_t), tx
);
7217 VERIFY(zap_update(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
7218 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, entry
, sizeof (uint64_t), 1,
7219 &sav
->sav_object
, tx
) == 0);
7222 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nvroot
, NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
) == 0);
7223 if (sav
->sav_count
== 0) {
7224 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot
, config
, NULL
, 0) == 0);
7226 list
= kmem_alloc(sav
->sav_count
*sizeof (void *), KM_SLEEP
);
7227 for (i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_count
; i
++)
7228 list
[i
] = vdev_config_generate(spa
, sav
->sav_vdevs
[i
],
7229 B_FALSE
, VDEV_CONFIG_L2CACHE
);
7230 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot
, config
, list
,
7231 sav
->sav_count
) == 0);
7232 for (i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_count
; i
++)
7233 nvlist_free(list
[i
]);
7234 kmem_free(list
, sav
->sav_count
* sizeof (void *));
7237 spa_sync_nvlist(spa
, sav
->sav_object
, nvroot
, tx
);
7238 nvlist_free(nvroot
);
7240 sav
->sav_sync
= B_FALSE
;
7244 * Rebuild spa's all-vdev ZAP from the vdev ZAPs indicated in each vdev_t.
7245 * The all-vdev ZAP must be empty.
7248 spa_avz_build(vdev_t
*vd
, uint64_t avz
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
7250 spa_t
*spa
= vd
->vdev_spa
;
7252 if (vd
->vdev_top_zap
!= 0) {
7253 VERIFY0(zap_add_int(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, avz
,
7254 vd
->vdev_top_zap
, tx
));
7256 if (vd
->vdev_leaf_zap
!= 0) {
7257 VERIFY0(zap_add_int(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, avz
,
7258 vd
->vdev_leaf_zap
, tx
));
7260 for (uint64_t i
= 0; i
< vd
->vdev_children
; i
++) {
7261 spa_avz_build(vd
->vdev_child
[i
], avz
, tx
);
7266 spa_sync_config_object(spa_t
*spa
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
7271 * If the pool is being imported from a pre-per-vdev-ZAP version of ZFS,
7272 * its config may not be dirty but we still need to build per-vdev ZAPs.
7273 * Similarly, if the pool is being assembled (e.g. after a split), we
7274 * need to rebuild the AVZ although the config may not be dirty.
7276 if (list_is_empty(&spa
->spa_config_dirty_list
) &&
7277 spa
->spa_avz_action
== AVZ_ACTION_NONE
)
7280 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
7282 ASSERT(spa
->spa_avz_action
== AVZ_ACTION_NONE
||
7283 spa
->spa_avz_action
== AVZ_ACTION_INITIALIZE
||
7284 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
!= 0);
7286 if (spa
->spa_avz_action
== AVZ_ACTION_REBUILD
) {
7287 /* Make and build the new AVZ */
7288 uint64_t new_avz
= zap_create(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
7289 DMU_OTN_ZAP_METADATA
, DMU_OT_NONE
, 0, tx
);
7290 spa_avz_build(spa
->spa_root_vdev
, new_avz
, tx
);
7292 /* Diff old AVZ with new one */
7296 for (zap_cursor_init(&zc
, spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
7297 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
);
7298 zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc
, &za
) == 0;
7299 zap_cursor_advance(&zc
)) {
7300 uint64_t vdzap
= za
.za_first_integer
;
7301 if (zap_lookup_int(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, new_avz
,
7304 * ZAP is listed in old AVZ but not in new one;
7307 VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, vdzap
,
7312 zap_cursor_fini(&zc
);
7314 /* Destroy the old AVZ */
7315 VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
7316 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
, tx
));
7318 /* Replace the old AVZ in the dir obj with the new one */
7319 VERIFY0(zap_update(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
7320 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP
,
7321 sizeof (new_avz
), 1, &new_avz
, tx
));
7323 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
= new_avz
;
7324 } else if (spa
->spa_avz_action
== AVZ_ACTION_DESTROY
) {
7328 /* Walk through the AVZ and destroy all listed ZAPs */
7329 for (zap_cursor_init(&zc
, spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
7330 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
);
7331 zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc
, &za
) == 0;
7332 zap_cursor_advance(&zc
)) {
7333 uint64_t zap
= za
.za_first_integer
;
7334 VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, zap
, tx
));
7337 zap_cursor_fini(&zc
);
7339 /* Destroy and unlink the AVZ itself */
7340 VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
7341 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
, tx
));
7342 VERIFY0(zap_remove(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
7343 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP
, tx
));
7344 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
= 0;
7347 if (spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
== 0) {
7348 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
= zap_create_link(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
7349 DMU_OTN_ZAP_METADATA
, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
,
7350 DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP
, tx
);
7352 spa
->spa_avz_action
= AVZ_ACTION_NONE
;
7354 /* Create ZAPs for vdevs that don't have them. */
7355 vdev_construct_zaps(spa
->spa_root_vdev
, tx
);
7357 config
= spa_config_generate(spa
, spa
->spa_root_vdev
,
7358 dmu_tx_get_txg(tx
), B_FALSE
);
7361 * If we're upgrading the spa version then make sure that
7362 * the config object gets updated with the correct version.
7364 if (spa
->spa_ubsync
.ub_version
< spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
)
7365 fnvlist_add_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION
,
7366 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
);
7368 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7370 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_config_syncing
);
7371 spa
->spa_config_syncing
= config
;
7373 spa_sync_nvlist(spa
, spa
->spa_config_object
, config
, tx
);
7377 spa_sync_version(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
7379 uint64_t *versionp
= arg
;
7380 uint64_t version
= *versionp
;
7381 spa_t
*spa
= dmu_tx_pool(tx
)->dp_spa
;
7384 * Setting the version is special cased when first creating the pool.
7386 ASSERT(tx
->tx_txg
!= TXG_INITIAL
);
7388 ASSERT(SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(version
));
7389 ASSERT(version
>= spa_version(spa
));
7391 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
= version
;
7392 vdev_config_dirty(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
7393 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "set", tx
, "version=%lld", version
);
7397 * Set zpool properties.
7400 spa_sync_props(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
7402 nvlist_t
*nvp
= arg
;
7403 spa_t
*spa
= dmu_tx_pool(tx
)->dp_spa
;
7404 objset_t
*mos
= spa
->spa_meta_objset
;
7405 nvpair_t
*elem
= NULL
;
7407 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_props_lock
);
7409 while ((elem
= nvlist_next_nvpair(nvp
, elem
))) {
7411 char *strval
, *fname
;
7413 const char *propname
;
7414 zprop_type_t proptype
;
7417 switch (prop
= zpool_name_to_prop(nvpair_name(elem
))) {
7418 case ZPOOL_PROP_INVAL
:
7420 * We checked this earlier in spa_prop_validate().
7422 ASSERT(zpool_prop_feature(nvpair_name(elem
)));
7424 fname
= strchr(nvpair_name(elem
), '@') + 1;
7425 VERIFY0(zfeature_lookup_name(fname
, &fid
));
7427 spa_feature_enable(spa
, fid
, tx
);
7428 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "set", tx
,
7429 "%s=enabled", nvpair_name(elem
));
7432 case ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION
:
7433 intval
= fnvpair_value_uint64(elem
);
7435 * The version is synced separately before other
7436 * properties and should be correct by now.
7438 ASSERT3U(spa_version(spa
), >=, intval
);
7441 case ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT
:
7443 * 'altroot' is a non-persistent property. It should
7444 * have been set temporarily at creation or import time.
7446 ASSERT(spa
->spa_root
!= NULL
);
7449 case ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY
:
7450 case ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE
:
7452 * 'readonly' and 'cachefile' are also non-persisitent
7456 case ZPOOL_PROP_COMMENT
:
7457 strval
= fnvpair_value_string(elem
);
7458 if (spa
->spa_comment
!= NULL
)
7459 spa_strfree(spa
->spa_comment
);
7460 spa
->spa_comment
= spa_strdup(strval
);
7462 * We need to dirty the configuration on all the vdevs
7463 * so that their labels get updated. It's unnecessary
7464 * to do this for pool creation since the vdev's
7465 * configuration has already been dirtied.
7467 if (tx
->tx_txg
!= TXG_INITIAL
)
7468 vdev_config_dirty(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
7469 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "set", tx
,
7470 "%s=%s", nvpair_name(elem
), strval
);
7474 * Set pool property values in the poolprops mos object.
7476 if (spa
->spa_pool_props_object
== 0) {
7477 spa
->spa_pool_props_object
=
7478 zap_create_link(mos
, DMU_OT_POOL_PROPS
,
7479 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_PROPS
,
7483 /* normalize the property name */
7484 propname
= zpool_prop_to_name(prop
);
7485 proptype
= zpool_prop_get_type(prop
);
7487 if (nvpair_type(elem
) == DATA_TYPE_STRING
) {
7488 ASSERT(proptype
== PROP_TYPE_STRING
);
7489 strval
= fnvpair_value_string(elem
);
7490 VERIFY0(zap_update(mos
,
7491 spa
->spa_pool_props_object
, propname
,
7492 1, strlen(strval
) + 1, strval
, tx
));
7493 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "set", tx
,
7494 "%s=%s", nvpair_name(elem
), strval
);
7495 } else if (nvpair_type(elem
) == DATA_TYPE_UINT64
) {
7496 intval
= fnvpair_value_uint64(elem
);
7498 if (proptype
== PROP_TYPE_INDEX
) {
7500 VERIFY0(zpool_prop_index_to_string(
7501 prop
, intval
, &unused
));
7503 VERIFY0(zap_update(mos
,
7504 spa
->spa_pool_props_object
, propname
,
7505 8, 1, &intval
, tx
));
7506 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "set", tx
,
7507 "%s=%lld", nvpair_name(elem
), intval
);
7509 ASSERT(0); /* not allowed */
7513 case ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION
:
7514 spa
->spa_delegation
= intval
;
7516 case ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS
:
7517 spa
->spa_bootfs
= intval
;
7519 case ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE
:
7520 spa
->spa_failmode
= intval
;
7522 case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND
:
7523 spa
->spa_autoexpand
= intval
;
7524 if (tx
->tx_txg
!= TXG_INITIAL
)
7525 spa_async_request(spa
,
7526 SPA_ASYNC_AUTOEXPAND
);
7528 case ZPOOL_PROP_MULTIHOST
:
7529 spa
->spa_multihost
= intval
;
7531 case ZPOOL_PROP_DEDUPDITTO
:
7532 spa
->spa_dedup_ditto
= intval
;
7541 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_props_lock
);
7545 * Perform one-time upgrade on-disk changes. spa_version() does not
7546 * reflect the new version this txg, so there must be no changes this
7547 * txg to anything that the upgrade code depends on after it executes.
7548 * Therefore this must be called after dsl_pool_sync() does the sync
7552 spa_sync_upgrades(spa_t
*spa
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
7554 dsl_pool_t
*dp
= spa
->spa_dsl_pool
;
7556 ASSERT(spa
->spa_sync_pass
== 1);
7558 rrw_enter(&dp
->dp_config_rwlock
, RW_WRITER
, FTAG
);
7560 if (spa
->spa_ubsync
.ub_version
< SPA_VERSION_ORIGIN
&&
7561 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
>= SPA_VERSION_ORIGIN
) {
7562 dsl_pool_create_origin(dp
, tx
);
7564 /* Keeping the origin open increases spa_minref */
7565 spa
->spa_minref
+= 3;
7568 if (spa
->spa_ubsync
.ub_version
< SPA_VERSION_NEXT_CLONES
&&
7569 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
>= SPA_VERSION_NEXT_CLONES
) {
7570 dsl_pool_upgrade_clones(dp
, tx
);
7573 if (spa
->spa_ubsync
.ub_version
< SPA_VERSION_DIR_CLONES
&&
7574 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
>= SPA_VERSION_DIR_CLONES
) {
7575 dsl_pool_upgrade_dir_clones(dp
, tx
);
7577 /* Keeping the freedir open increases spa_minref */
7578 spa
->spa_minref
+= 3;
7581 if (spa
->spa_ubsync
.ub_version
< SPA_VERSION_FEATURES
&&
7582 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
>= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES
) {
7583 spa_feature_create_zap_objects(spa
, tx
);
7587 * LZ4_COMPRESS feature's behaviour was changed to activate_on_enable
7588 * when possibility to use lz4 compression for metadata was added
7589 * Old pools that have this feature enabled must be upgraded to have
7590 * this feature active
7592 if (spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
>= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES
) {
7593 boolean_t lz4_en
= spa_feature_is_enabled(spa
,
7594 SPA_FEATURE_LZ4_COMPRESS
);
7595 boolean_t lz4_ac
= spa_feature_is_active(spa
,
7596 SPA_FEATURE_LZ4_COMPRESS
);
7598 if (lz4_en
&& !lz4_ac
)
7599 spa_feature_incr(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_LZ4_COMPRESS
, tx
);
7603 * If we haven't written the salt, do so now. Note that the
7604 * feature may not be activated yet, but that's fine since
7605 * the presence of this ZAP entry is backwards compatible.
7607 if (zap_contains(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
,
7608 DMU_POOL_CHECKSUM_SALT
) == ENOENT
) {
7609 VERIFY0(zap_add(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
7610 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_CHECKSUM_SALT
, 1,
7611 sizeof (spa
->spa_cksum_salt
.zcs_bytes
),
7612 spa
->spa_cksum_salt
.zcs_bytes
, tx
));
7615 rrw_exit(&dp
->dp_config_rwlock
, FTAG
);
7619 vdev_indirect_state_sync_verify(vdev_t
*vd
)
7621 ASSERTV(vdev_indirect_mapping_t
*vim
= vd
->vdev_indirect_mapping
);
7622 ASSERTV(vdev_indirect_births_t
*vib
= vd
->vdev_indirect_births
);
7624 if (vd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_indirect_ops
) {
7625 ASSERT(vim
!= NULL
);
7626 ASSERT(vib
!= NULL
);
7629 if (vdev_obsolete_sm_object(vd
) != 0) {
7630 ASSERT(vd
->vdev_obsolete_sm
!= NULL
);
7631 ASSERT(vd
->vdev_removing
||
7632 vd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_indirect_ops
);
7633 ASSERT(vdev_indirect_mapping_num_entries(vim
) > 0);
7634 ASSERT(vdev_indirect_mapping_bytes_mapped(vim
) > 0);
7636 ASSERT3U(vdev_obsolete_sm_object(vd
), ==,
7637 space_map_object(vd
->vdev_obsolete_sm
));
7638 ASSERT3U(vdev_indirect_mapping_bytes_mapped(vim
), >=,
7639 space_map_allocated(vd
->vdev_obsolete_sm
));
7641 ASSERT(vd
->vdev_obsolete_segments
!= NULL
);
7644 * Since frees / remaps to an indirect vdev can only
7645 * happen in syncing context, the obsolete segments
7646 * tree must be empty when we start syncing.
7648 ASSERT0(range_tree_space(vd
->vdev_obsolete_segments
));
7652 * Sync the specified transaction group. New blocks may be dirtied as
7653 * part of the process, so we iterate until it converges.
7656 spa_sync(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t txg
)
7658 dsl_pool_t
*dp
= spa
->spa_dsl_pool
;
7659 objset_t
*mos
= spa
->spa_meta_objset
;
7660 bplist_t
*free_bpl
= &spa
->spa_free_bplist
[txg
& TXG_MASK
];
7661 metaslab_class_t
*normal
= spa_normal_class(spa
);
7662 metaslab_class_t
*special
= spa_special_class(spa
);
7663 metaslab_class_t
*dedup
= spa_dedup_class(spa
);
7664 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
7668 uint32_t max_queue_depth
= zfs_vdev_async_write_max_active
*
7669 zfs_vdev_queue_depth_pct
/ 100;
7671 VERIFY(spa_writeable(spa
));
7674 * Wait for i/os issued in open context that need to complete
7675 * before this txg syncs.
7677 VERIFY0(zio_wait(spa
->spa_txg_zio
[txg
& TXG_MASK
]));
7678 spa
->spa_txg_zio
[txg
& TXG_MASK
] = zio_root(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
7681 * Lock out configuration changes.
7683 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
7685 spa
->spa_syncing_txg
= txg
;
7686 spa
->spa_sync_pass
= 0;
7688 for (int i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_alloc_count
; i
++) {
7689 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_alloc_locks
[i
]);
7690 VERIFY0(avl_numnodes(&spa
->spa_alloc_trees
[i
]));
7691 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_alloc_locks
[i
]);
7695 * If there are any pending vdev state changes, convert them
7696 * into config changes that go out with this transaction group.
7698 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
7699 while (list_head(&spa
->spa_state_dirty_list
) != NULL
) {
7701 * We need the write lock here because, for aux vdevs,
7702 * calling vdev_config_dirty() modifies sav_config.
7703 * This is ugly and will become unnecessary when we
7704 * eliminate the aux vdev wart by integrating all vdevs
7705 * into the root vdev tree.
7707 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7708 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
7709 while ((vd
= list_head(&spa
->spa_state_dirty_list
)) != NULL
) {
7710 vdev_state_clean(vd
);
7711 vdev_config_dirty(vd
);
7713 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7714 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
7716 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7718 tx
= dmu_tx_create_assigned(dp
, txg
);
7720 spa
->spa_sync_starttime
= gethrtime();
7721 taskq_cancel_id(system_delay_taskq
, spa
->spa_deadman_tqid
);
7722 spa
->spa_deadman_tqid
= taskq_dispatch_delay(system_delay_taskq
,
7723 spa_deadman
, spa
, TQ_SLEEP
, ddi_get_lbolt() +
7724 NSEC_TO_TICK(spa
->spa_deadman_synctime
));
7727 * If we are upgrading to SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE this txg,
7728 * set spa_deflate if we have no raid-z vdevs.
7730 if (spa
->spa_ubsync
.ub_version
< SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE
&&
7731 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
>= SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE
) {
7734 for (i
= 0; i
< rvd
->vdev_children
; i
++) {
7735 vd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[i
];
7736 if (vd
->vdev_deflate_ratio
!= SPA_MINBLOCKSIZE
)
7739 if (i
== rvd
->vdev_children
) {
7740 spa
->spa_deflate
= TRUE
;
7741 VERIFY(0 == zap_add(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
7742 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_DEFLATE
,
7743 sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &spa
->spa_deflate
, tx
));
7748 * Set the top-level vdev's max queue depth. Evaluate each
7749 * top-level's async write queue depth in case it changed.
7750 * The max queue depth will not change in the middle of syncing
7753 uint64_t slots_per_allocator
= 0;
7754 for (int c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
7755 vdev_t
*tvd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
7756 metaslab_group_t
*mg
= tvd
->vdev_mg
;
7757 metaslab_class_t
*mc
;
7759 if (mg
== NULL
|| !metaslab_group_initialized(mg
))
7763 if (mc
!= normal
&& mc
!= special
&& mc
!= dedup
)
7767 * It is safe to do a lock-free check here because only async
7768 * allocations look at mg_max_alloc_queue_depth, and async
7769 * allocations all happen from spa_sync().
7771 for (int i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_alloc_count
; i
++)
7772 ASSERT0(zfs_refcount_count(
7773 &(mg
->mg_alloc_queue_depth
[i
])));
7774 mg
->mg_max_alloc_queue_depth
= max_queue_depth
;
7776 for (int i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_alloc_count
; i
++) {
7777 mg
->mg_cur_max_alloc_queue_depth
[i
] =
7778 zfs_vdev_def_queue_depth
;
7780 slots_per_allocator
+= zfs_vdev_def_queue_depth
;
7783 for (int i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_alloc_count
; i
++) {
7784 ASSERT0(zfs_refcount_count(&normal
->mc_alloc_slots
[i
]));
7785 ASSERT0(zfs_refcount_count(&special
->mc_alloc_slots
[i
]));
7786 ASSERT0(zfs_refcount_count(&dedup
->mc_alloc_slots
[i
]));
7787 normal
->mc_alloc_max_slots
[i
] = slots_per_allocator
;
7788 special
->mc_alloc_max_slots
[i
] = slots_per_allocator
;
7789 dedup
->mc_alloc_max_slots
[i
] = slots_per_allocator
;
7791 normal
->mc_alloc_throttle_enabled
= zio_dva_throttle_enabled
;
7792 special
->mc_alloc_throttle_enabled
= zio_dva_throttle_enabled
;
7793 dedup
->mc_alloc_throttle_enabled
= zio_dva_throttle_enabled
;
7795 for (int c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
7796 vdev_t
*vd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
7797 vdev_indirect_state_sync_verify(vd
);
7799 if (vdev_indirect_should_condense(vd
)) {
7800 spa_condense_indirect_start_sync(vd
, tx
);
7806 * Iterate to convergence.
7809 int pass
= ++spa
->spa_sync_pass
;
7811 spa_sync_config_object(spa
, tx
);
7812 spa_sync_aux_dev(spa
, &spa
->spa_spares
, tx
,
7813 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, DMU_POOL_SPARES
);
7814 spa_sync_aux_dev(spa
, &spa
->spa_l2cache
, tx
,
7815 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, DMU_POOL_L2CACHE
);
7816 spa_errlog_sync(spa
, txg
);
7817 dsl_pool_sync(dp
, txg
);
7819 if (pass
< zfs_sync_pass_deferred_free
) {
7820 spa_sync_frees(spa
, free_bpl
, tx
);
7823 * We can not defer frees in pass 1, because
7824 * we sync the deferred frees later in pass 1.
7826 ASSERT3U(pass
, >, 1);
7827 bplist_iterate(free_bpl
, bpobj_enqueue_cb
,
7828 &spa
->spa_deferred_bpobj
, tx
);
7832 dsl_scan_sync(dp
, tx
);
7834 if (spa
->spa_vdev_removal
!= NULL
)
7837 while ((vd
= txg_list_remove(&spa
->spa_vdev_txg_list
, txg
))
7842 spa_sync_upgrades(spa
, tx
);
7844 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_rootbp
.blk_birth
);
7846 * Note: We need to check if the MOS is dirty
7847 * because we could have marked the MOS dirty
7848 * without updating the uberblock (e.g. if we
7849 * have sync tasks but no dirty user data). We
7850 * need to check the uberblock's rootbp because
7851 * it is updated if we have synced out dirty
7852 * data (though in this case the MOS will most
7853 * likely also be dirty due to second order
7854 * effects, we don't want to rely on that here).
7856 if (spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_rootbp
.blk_birth
< txg
&&
7857 !dmu_objset_is_dirty(mos
, txg
)) {
7859 * Nothing changed on the first pass,
7860 * therefore this TXG is a no-op. Avoid
7861 * syncing deferred frees, so that we
7862 * can keep this TXG as a no-op.
7864 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp
->dp_dirty_datasets
,
7866 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp
->dp_dirty_dirs
, txg
));
7867 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp
->dp_sync_tasks
, txg
));
7868 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp
->dp_early_sync_tasks
,
7872 spa_sync_deferred_frees(spa
, tx
);
7875 } while (dmu_objset_is_dirty(mos
, txg
));
7878 if (!list_is_empty(&spa
->spa_config_dirty_list
)) {
7880 * Make sure that the number of ZAPs for all the vdevs matches
7881 * the number of ZAPs in the per-vdev ZAP list. This only gets
7882 * called if the config is dirty; otherwise there may be
7883 * outstanding AVZ operations that weren't completed in
7884 * spa_sync_config_object.
7886 uint64_t all_vdev_zap_entry_count
;
7887 ASSERT0(zap_count(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
7888 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
, &all_vdev_zap_entry_count
));
7889 ASSERT3U(vdev_count_verify_zaps(spa
->spa_root_vdev
), ==,
7890 all_vdev_zap_entry_count
);
7894 if (spa
->spa_vdev_removal
!= NULL
) {
7895 ASSERT0(spa
->spa_vdev_removal
->svr_bytes_done
[txg
& TXG_MASK
]);
7899 * Rewrite the vdev configuration (which includes the uberblock)
7900 * to commit the transaction group.
7902 * If there are no dirty vdevs, we sync the uberblock to a few
7903 * random top-level vdevs that are known to be visible in the
7904 * config cache (see spa_vdev_add() for a complete description).
7905 * If there *are* dirty vdevs, sync the uberblock to all vdevs.
7909 * We hold SCL_STATE to prevent vdev open/close/etc.
7910 * while we're attempting to write the vdev labels.
7912 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
7914 if (list_is_empty(&spa
->spa_config_dirty_list
)) {
7915 vdev_t
*svd
[SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS
] = { NULL
};
7917 int children
= rvd
->vdev_children
;
7918 int c0
= spa_get_random(children
);
7920 for (int c
= 0; c
< children
; c
++) {
7921 vd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[(c0
+ c
) % children
];
7923 /* Stop when revisiting the first vdev */
7924 if (c
> 0 && svd
[0] == vd
)
7927 if (vd
->vdev_ms_array
== 0 || vd
->vdev_islog
||
7928 !vdev_is_concrete(vd
))
7931 svd
[svdcount
++] = vd
;
7932 if (svdcount
== SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS
)
7935 error
= vdev_config_sync(svd
, svdcount
, txg
);
7937 error
= vdev_config_sync(rvd
->vdev_child
,
7938 rvd
->vdev_children
, txg
);
7942 spa
->spa_last_synced_guid
= rvd
->vdev_guid
;
7944 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7948 zio_suspend(spa
, NULL
, ZIO_SUSPEND_IOERR
);
7949 zio_resume_wait(spa
);
7953 taskq_cancel_id(system_delay_taskq
, spa
->spa_deadman_tqid
);
7954 spa
->spa_deadman_tqid
= 0;
7957 * Clear the dirty config list.
7959 while ((vd
= list_head(&spa
->spa_config_dirty_list
)) != NULL
)
7960 vdev_config_clean(vd
);
7963 * Now that the new config has synced transactionally,
7964 * let it become visible to the config cache.
7966 if (spa
->spa_config_syncing
!= NULL
) {
7967 spa_config_set(spa
, spa
->spa_config_syncing
);
7968 spa
->spa_config_txg
= txg
;
7969 spa
->spa_config_syncing
= NULL
;
7972 dsl_pool_sync_done(dp
, txg
);
7974 for (int i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_alloc_count
; i
++) {
7975 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_alloc_locks
[i
]);
7976 VERIFY0(avl_numnodes(&spa
->spa_alloc_trees
[i
]));
7977 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_alloc_locks
[i
]);
7981 * Update usable space statistics.
7983 while ((vd
= txg_list_remove(&spa
->spa_vdev_txg_list
, TXG_CLEAN(txg
))))
7984 vdev_sync_done(vd
, txg
);
7986 spa_update_dspace(spa
);
7989 * It had better be the case that we didn't dirty anything
7990 * since vdev_config_sync().
7992 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp
->dp_dirty_datasets
, txg
));
7993 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp
->dp_dirty_dirs
, txg
));
7994 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&spa
->spa_vdev_txg_list
, txg
));
7996 while (zfs_pause_spa_sync
)
7999 spa
->spa_sync_pass
= 0;
8002 * Update the last synced uberblock here. We want to do this at
8003 * the end of spa_sync() so that consumers of spa_last_synced_txg()
8004 * will be guaranteed that all the processing associated with
8005 * that txg has been completed.
8007 spa
->spa_ubsync
= spa
->spa_uberblock
;
8008 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
8010 spa_handle_ignored_writes(spa
);
8013 * If any async tasks have been requested, kick them off.
8015 spa_async_dispatch(spa
);
8019 * Sync all pools. We don't want to hold the namespace lock across these
8020 * operations, so we take a reference on the spa_t and drop the lock during the
8024 spa_sync_allpools(void)
8027 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8028 while ((spa
= spa_next(spa
)) != NULL
) {
8029 if (spa_state(spa
) != POOL_STATE_ACTIVE
||
8030 !spa_writeable(spa
) || spa_suspended(spa
))
8032 spa_open_ref(spa
, FTAG
);
8033 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8034 txg_wait_synced(spa_get_dsl(spa
), 0);
8035 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8036 spa_close(spa
, FTAG
);
8038 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8042 * ==========================================================================
8043 * Miscellaneous routines
8044 * ==========================================================================
8048 * Remove all pools in the system.
8056 * Remove all cached state. All pools should be closed now,
8057 * so every spa in the AVL tree should be unreferenced.
8059 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8060 while ((spa
= spa_next(NULL
)) != NULL
) {
8062 * Stop async tasks. The async thread may need to detach
8063 * a device that's been replaced, which requires grabbing
8064 * spa_namespace_lock, so we must drop it here.
8066 spa_open_ref(spa
, FTAG
);
8067 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8068 spa_async_suspend(spa
);
8069 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8070 spa_close(spa
, FTAG
);
8072 if (spa
->spa_state
!= POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
) {
8074 spa_deactivate(spa
);
8078 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8082 spa_lookup_by_guid(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
, boolean_t aux
)
8087 if ((vd
= vdev_lookup_by_guid(spa
->spa_root_vdev
, guid
)) != NULL
)
8091 for (i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_count
; i
++) {
8092 vd
= spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
[i
];
8093 if (vd
->vdev_guid
== guid
)
8097 for (i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
; i
++) {
8098 vd
= spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
[i
];
8099 if (vd
->vdev_guid
== guid
)
8108 spa_upgrade(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t version
)
8110 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
8112 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
8115 * This should only be called for a non-faulted pool, and since a
8116 * future version would result in an unopenable pool, this shouldn't be
8119 ASSERT(SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
));
8120 ASSERT3U(version
, >=, spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
);
8122 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
= version
;
8123 vdev_config_dirty(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
8125 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
8127 txg_wait_synced(spa_get_dsl(spa
), 0);
8131 spa_has_spare(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
)
8135 spa_aux_vdev_t
*sav
= &spa
->spa_spares
;
8137 for (i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_count
; i
++)
8138 if (sav
->sav_vdevs
[i
]->vdev_guid
== guid
)
8141 for (i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_npending
; i
++) {
8142 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(sav
->sav_pending
[i
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID
,
8143 &spareguid
) == 0 && spareguid
== guid
)
8151 * Check if a pool has an active shared spare device.
8152 * Note: reference count of an active spare is 2, as a spare and as a replace
8155 spa_has_active_shared_spare(spa_t
*spa
)
8159 spa_aux_vdev_t
*sav
= &spa
->spa_spares
;
8161 for (i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_count
; i
++) {
8162 if (spa_spare_exists(sav
->sav_vdevs
[i
]->vdev_guid
, &pool
,
8163 &refcnt
) && pool
!= 0ULL && pool
== spa_guid(spa
) &&
8172 spa_event_create(spa_t
*spa
, vdev_t
*vd
, nvlist_t
*hist_nvl
, const char *name
)
8174 sysevent_t
*ev
= NULL
;
8178 resource
= zfs_event_create(spa
, vd
, FM_SYSEVENT_CLASS
, name
, hist_nvl
);
8180 ev
= kmem_alloc(sizeof (sysevent_t
), KM_SLEEP
);
8181 ev
->resource
= resource
;
8188 spa_event_post(sysevent_t
*ev
)
8192 zfs_zevent_post(ev
->resource
, NULL
, zfs_zevent_post_cb
);
8193 kmem_free(ev
, sizeof (*ev
));
8199 * Post a zevent corresponding to the given sysevent. The 'name' must be one
8200 * of the event definitions in sys/sysevent/eventdefs.h. The payload will be
8201 * filled in from the spa and (optionally) the vdev. This doesn't do anything
8202 * in the userland libzpool, as we don't want consumers to misinterpret ztest
8203 * or zdb as real changes.
8206 spa_event_notify(spa_t
*spa
, vdev_t
*vd
, nvlist_t
*hist_nvl
, const char *name
)
8208 spa_event_post(spa_event_create(spa
, vd
, hist_nvl
, name
));
8211 #if defined(_KERNEL)
8212 /* state manipulation functions */
8213 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_open
);
8214 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_open_rewind
);
8215 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_get_stats
);
8216 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_create
);
8217 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_import
);
8218 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_tryimport
);
8219 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_destroy
);
8220 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_export
);
8221 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_reset
);
8222 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_async_request
);
8223 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_async_suspend
);
8224 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_async_resume
);
8225 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_inject_addref
);
8226 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_inject_delref
);
8227 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_scan_stat_init
);
8228 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_scan_get_stats
);
8230 /* device maniion */
8231 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_vdev_add
);
8232 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_vdev_attach
);
8233 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_vdev_detach
);
8234 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_vdev_setpath
);
8235 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_vdev_setfru
);
8236 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_vdev_split_mirror
);
8238 /* spare statech is global across all pools) */
8239 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_spare_add
);
8240 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_spare_remove
);
8241 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_spare_exists
);
8242 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_spare_activate
);
8244 /* L2ARC statech is global across all pools) */
8245 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_l2cache_add
);
8246 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_l2cache_remove
);
8247 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_l2cache_exists
);
8248 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_l2cache_activate
);
8249 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_l2cache_drop
);
8252 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_scan
);
8253 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_scan_stop
);
8256 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_sync
); /* only for DMU use */
8257 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_sync_allpools
);
8260 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_prop_set
);
8261 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_prop_get
);
8262 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_prop_clear_bootfs
);
8264 /* asynchronous event notification */
8265 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_event_notify
);
8268 #if defined(_KERNEL)
8269 module_param(spa_load_verify_maxinflight
, int, 0644);
8270 MODULE_PARM_DESC(spa_load_verify_maxinflight
,
8271 "Max concurrent traversal I/Os while verifying pool during import -X");
8273 module_param(spa_load_verify_metadata
, int, 0644);
8274 MODULE_PARM_DESC(spa_load_verify_metadata
,
8275 "Set to traverse metadata on pool import");
8277 module_param(spa_load_verify_data
, int, 0644);
8278 MODULE_PARM_DESC(spa_load_verify_data
,
8279 "Set to traverse data on pool import");
8281 module_param(spa_load_print_vdev_tree
, int, 0644);
8282 MODULE_PARM_DESC(spa_load_print_vdev_tree
,
8283 "Print vdev tree to zfs_dbgmsg during pool import");
8286 module_param(zio_taskq_batch_pct
, uint
, 0444);
8287 MODULE_PARM_DESC(zio_taskq_batch_pct
,
8288 "Percentage of CPUs to run an IO worker thread");
8291 module_param(zfs_max_missing_tvds
, ulong
, 0644);
8292 MODULE_PARM_DESC(zfs_max_missing_tvds
,
8293 "Allow importing pool with up to this number of missing top-level vdevs"
8294 " (in read-only mode)");